SemaDecl.cpp revision a2d7dfab309375fbf016b650fa74f9b5d03a9752
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 23#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 24#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 26#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 27#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 28#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 29#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 30#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 31#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 32#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 33#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 34#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 38// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 39#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 40#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 41#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 44#include <algorithm> 45#include <cstring> 46#include <functional> 47using namespace clang; 48using namespace sema; 49 50Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 51 if (OwnedType) { 52 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 53 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 54 } 55 56 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 57} 58 59namespace { 60 61class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 62 public: 63 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid) : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid) { 64 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 65 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 66 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 67 } 68 69 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 70 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) 71 return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && 72 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 73 else 74 return candidate.isKeyword(); 75 } 76 77 private: 78 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 79}; 80 81} 82 83/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 84/// return the declaration of that type. 85/// 86/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 87/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 88/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 89/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 90/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 91/// 92/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 93/// and then return NULL. 94ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 95 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 96 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 97 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 98 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 99 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 100 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 101 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 102 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 103 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 104 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 105 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 106 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 107 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 108 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 109 110 if (!LookupCtx) { 111 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 112 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 113 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 114 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 115 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 116 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 117 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 118 // 119 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 120 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 121 if (!isClassName) 122 return ParsedType(); 123 124 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 125 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 126 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 127 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 128 129 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 130 QualType T = 131 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 132 II, NameLoc); 133 134 return ParsedType::make(T); 135 } 136 137 return ParsedType(); 138 } 139 140 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 141 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 142 return ParsedType(); 143 } 144 145 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 146 // lookup for class-names. 147 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 148 LookupOrdinaryName; 149 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 150 if (LookupCtx) { 151 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 152 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 153 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 154 // nested-name-specifier. 155 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 156 157 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 158 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 159 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 160 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 161 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 162 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 163 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 164 LookupName(Result, S); 165 } 166 } else { 167 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 168 LookupName(Result, S); 169 } 170 171 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 172 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 173 case LookupResult::NotFound: 174 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 175 if (CorrectedII) { 176 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true); 177 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 178 Kind, S, SS, Validator); 179 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 180 TemplateTy Template; 181 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 182 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 183 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 184 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 185 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 186 if (SS && NNS) { 187 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 188 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 189 } 190 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 191 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 192 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 193 // is handled elsewhere). 194 !(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 195 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 196 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 197 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 198 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 199 IsCtorOrDtorName, 200 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 201 if (Ty) { 202 std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOptions())); 203 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr( 204 Correction.getQuoted(getLangOptions())); 205 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 206 << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr 207 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 208 CorrectedStr); 209 if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) 210 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 211 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 212 213 if (SS && NNS) 214 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 215 *CorrectedII = NewII; 216 return Ty; 217 } 218 } 219 } 220 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 221 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 222 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 223 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 224 return ParsedType(); 225 226 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 227 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 228 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 229 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 230 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 231 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 232 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 233 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 234 return ParsedType(); 235 } 236 237 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 238 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 239 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 240 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 241 if (!IIDecl || 242 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 243 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 244 IIDecl = *Res; 245 } 246 } 247 248 if (!IIDecl) { 249 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 250 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 251 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 252 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 253 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 254 // a type name. 255 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 256 return ParsedType(); 257 } 258 259 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 260 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 261 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 262 // perform the name lookup again. 263 break; 264 265 case LookupResult::Found: 266 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 267 break; 268 } 269 270 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 271 272 QualType T; 273 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 274 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 275 276 if (T.isNull()) 277 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 278 279 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 280 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 281 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 282 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 283 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 284 // Construct a type with type-source information. 285 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 286 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 287 288 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 289 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 290 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 291 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 292 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 293 } else { 294 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 295 } 296 } 297 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 298 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 299 if (!HasTrailingDot) 300 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 301 } 302 303 if (T.isNull()) { 304 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 305 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 306 return ParsedType(); 307 } 308 return ParsedType::make(T); 309} 310 311/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 312/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 313/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 314/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C 315/// where the user forgot to specify the tag. 316DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 317 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 318 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 319 LookupName(R, S, false); 320 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 321 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 322 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 323 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 324 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 325 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 326 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 327 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 328 } 329 } 330 331 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 332} 333 334/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 335/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 336/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 337/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 338/// @code 339/// template<class T> class A { 340/// public: 341/// typedef int TYPE; 342/// }; 343/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 344/// public: 345/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 346/// }; 347/// @endcode 348bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 349 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 350 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 351 352 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 353 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 354 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 355 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 356 return true; 357 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 358 } 359 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 360} 361 362bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 363 SourceLocation IILoc, 364 Scope *S, 365 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 366 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 367 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 368 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 369 370 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 371 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 372 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false); 373 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, IILoc), 374 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 375 Validator)) { 376 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOptions())); 377 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOptions())); 378 379 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 380 // We corrected to a keyword. 381 // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it. 382 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 383 << &II << CorrectedQuotedStr; 384 } else { 385 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 386 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 387 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 388 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 389 << &II << CorrectedQuotedStr 390 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 391 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 392 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 393 << &II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange() 394 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 395 else 396 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 397 398 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 399 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 400 401 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 402 false, false, ParsedType(), 403 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 404 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 405 } 406 return true; 407 } 408 409 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 410 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 411 UnqualifiedId Name; 412 Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc); 413 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 414 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 415 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 416 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 417 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 418 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 419 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 420 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 421 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 422 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 423 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 424 } 425 return true; 426 } 427 } 428 429 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 430 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 431 432 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 433 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II; 434 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 435 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 436 << &II << DC << SS->getRange(); 437 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 438 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 439 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 440 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 441 442 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 443 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName() 444 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 445 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 446 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc) 447 .get(); 448 } else { 449 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 450 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 451 } 452 453 return true; 454} 455 456/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 457/// or 458static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 459 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 460 NextToken.is(tok::less); 461 462 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 463 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 464 return true; 465 466 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 467 return true; 468 } 469 470 return false; 471} 472 473Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 474 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 475 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 476 SourceLocation NameLoc, 477 const Token &NextToken) { 478 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 479 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 480 481 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 482 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 483 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 484 485 } 486 487 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 488 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 489 490 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 491 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 492 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 493 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 494 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 495 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 496 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 497 return E; 498 } 499 500 bool SecondTry = false; 501 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 502 503Corrected: 504 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 505 case LookupResult::NotFound: 506 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 507 // call. 508 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 509 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 510 // FIXME: Reference? 511 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 512 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 513 514 // C90 6.3.2.2: 515 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 516 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 517 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 518 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 519 // the function call, the declaration 520 // 521 // extern int identifier (); 522 // 523 // appeared. 524 // 525 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 526 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 527 Result.addDecl(D); 528 Result.resolveKind(); 529 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 530 } 531 } 532 533 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 534 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 535 // "struct", or "union". 536 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry) { 537 Result.clear(LookupTagName); 538 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 539 if (TagDecl *Tag = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 540 const char *TagName = 0; 541 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 542 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 543 case TTK_Class: 544 TagName = "class"; 545 FixItTagName = "class "; 546 break; 547 548 case TTK_Enum: 549 TagName = "enum"; 550 FixItTagName = "enum "; 551 break; 552 553 case TTK_Struct: 554 TagName = "struct"; 555 FixItTagName = "struct "; 556 break; 557 558 case TTK_Union: 559 TagName = "union"; 560 FixItTagName = "union "; 561 break; 562 } 563 564 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 565 << Name << TagName << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus 566 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 567 break; 568 } 569 570 Result.clear(LookupOrdinaryName); 571 } 572 573 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 574 // close to this name. 575 if (!SecondTry) { 576 SecondTry = true; 577 CorrectionCandidateCallback DefaultValidator; 578 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 579 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 580 &SS, DefaultValidator)) { 581 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 582 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 583 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOptions())); 584 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOptions())); 585 586 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 587 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 588 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 589 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 590 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 591 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 592 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 593 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 594 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 595 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 596 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 597 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 598 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 599 } 600 601 if (SS.isEmpty()) 602 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 603 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 604 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 605 else 606 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 607 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 608 << SS.getRange() 609 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 610 611 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 612 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 613 614 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 615 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 616 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 617 618 // Also update the LookupResult... 619 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 620 Result.clear(); 621 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 622 if (FirstDecl) { 623 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 624 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 625 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 626 } 627 628 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 629 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 630 // reference the ivar. 631 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 632 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 633 Result.clear(); 634 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 635 return move(E); 636 } 637 638 goto Corrected; 639 } 640 } 641 642 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 643 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 644 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 645 646 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 647 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 648 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 649 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 650 651 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 652 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 653 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 654 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 655 // qualified by the keyword typename. 656 // 657 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 658 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 659 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 660 // keyword here. 661 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 662 NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 663 } 664 665 case LookupResult::Found: 666 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 667 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 668 break; 669 670 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 671 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 672 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 673 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 674 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 675 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 676 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 677 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 678 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 679 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 680 // ambiguous. 681 // 682 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 683 // so try again after filtering out template names. 684 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 685 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 686 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 687 break; 688 } 689 } 690 691 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 692 return NameClassification::Error(); 693 } 694 695 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 696 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 697 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 698 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 699 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 700 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 701 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 702 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 703 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 704 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 705 706 if (!Result.empty()) { 707 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 708 TemplateName Template; 709 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 710 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 711 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 712 Result.end()); 713 } else { 714 TemplateDecl *TD 715 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 716 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 717 718 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 719 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 720 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 721 TD); 722 else 723 Template = TemplateName(TD); 724 } 725 726 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 727 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 728 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 729 // to based on which function we selected. 730 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 731 732 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 733 } 734 735 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 736 } 737 } 738 739 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 740 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 741 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 742 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 743 return ParsedType::make(T); 744 } 745 746 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 747 if (!Class) { 748 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 749 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 750 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 751 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 752 } 753 754 if (Class) { 755 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 756 757 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 758 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 759 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 760 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 761 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 762 } 763 764 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 765 return ParsedType::make(T); 766 } 767 768 if (!Result.empty() && (*Result.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) 769 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); 770 771 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 772 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 773} 774 775// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 776// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 777// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 778DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 779 780 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 781 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 782 // the context we'll need to return to. 783 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 784 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 785 786 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 787 // lexical context. 788 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 789 return DC; 790 791 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 792 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 793 // class is the context we need to return to. 794 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 795 DC = RD; 796 797 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 798 // declared in. 799 return DC; 800 } 801 802 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 803} 804 805void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 806 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 807 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 808 CurContext = DC; 809 S->setEntity(DC); 810} 811 812void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 813 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 814 815 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 816 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 817} 818 819/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 820/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 821/// 822void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 823 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 824 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 825 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 826 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 827 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 828 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 829 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 830 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 831 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 832 // namespace. 833 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 834 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 835 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 836 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 837 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 838 839 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 840 841#ifndef NDEBUG 842 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 843 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 844 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 845#endif 846 847 CurContext = DC; 848 S->setEntity(DC); 849} 850 851void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 852 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 853 854 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 855 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 856 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 857 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 858 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 859 860 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 861 // disappear. 862} 863 864 865void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 866 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 867 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 868 // We assume that the caller has already called 869 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope 870 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); 871 } 872 if (!FD) 873 return; 874 875 PushDeclContext(S, FD); 876 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 877 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 878 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 879 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 880 S->AddDecl(Param); 881 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 882 } 883 } 884} 885 886 887/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 888/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 889/// 890/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 891/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 892/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 893/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 894/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 895/// attribute. 896static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 897 ASTContext &Context) { 898 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 899 return true; 900 901 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 902 return true; 903 904 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 905 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 906} 907 908/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 909void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 910 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 911 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 912 // scope. 913 while (S->getEntity() && 914 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 915 S = S->getParent(); 916 917 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 918 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 919 // into any context. 920 if (AddToContext) 921 CurContext->addDecl(D); 922 923 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 924 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 925 if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 926 D->isOutOfLine() && 927 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 928 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 929 return; 930 931 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 932 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 933 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 934 return; 935 936 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 937 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 938 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 939 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 940 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 941 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 942 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 943 944 // Should only need to replace one decl. 945 break; 946 } 947 } 948 949 S->AddDecl(D); 950 951 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 952 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 953 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 954 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 955 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 956 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 957 if (IDC == CurContext) { 958 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 959 continue; 960 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 961 break; 962 } 963 964 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 965 } else { 966 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 967 } 968} 969 970void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 971 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 972 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 973} 974 975bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 976 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 977 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S, 978 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 979} 980 981Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 982 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 983 do { 984 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 985 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 986 return S; 987 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 988 989 return 0; 990} 991 992static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 993 DeclContext*, 994 ASTContext&); 995 996/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 997/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 998void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 999 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1000 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1001 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1002 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1003 while (F.hasNext()) { 1004 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1005 1006 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 1007 continue; 1008 1009 if (ConsiderLinkage && 1010 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1011 continue; 1012 1013 F.erase(); 1014 } 1015 1016 F.done(); 1017} 1018 1019static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1020 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1021 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1022 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1023} 1024 1025/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1026static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1027 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1028 while (F.hasNext()) 1029 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1030 F.erase(); 1031 1032 F.done(); 1033} 1034 1035/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1036/// @code 1037/// class S { 1038/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1039/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1040/// }; 1041/// @endcode 1042static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1043 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1044 // the decl here. 1045 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1046 return false; 1047 1048 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1049 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1050 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1051 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1052 return false; 1053} 1054 1055bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1056 assert(D); 1057 1058 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1059 return false; 1060 1061 // Ignore class templates. 1062 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1063 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1064 return false; 1065 1066 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1067 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1068 return false; 1069 1070 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1071 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1072 return false; 1073 } else { 1074 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 1075 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1076 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 1077 return false; 1078 } 1079 1080 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1081 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1082 return false; 1083 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1084 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 1085 VD->getType().isConstant(Context) || 1086 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1087 return false; 1088 1089 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1090 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1091 return false; 1092 1093 } else { 1094 return false; 1095 } 1096 1097 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1098 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 1099 return false; 1100 1101 return true; 1102} 1103 1104void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1105 if (!D) 1106 return; 1107 1108 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1109 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1110 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1111 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1112 } 1113 1114 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1115 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1116 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1117 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1118 } 1119 1120 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1121 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1122 } 1123 1124static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1125 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1126 return false; 1127 1128 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1129 return false; 1130 1131 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1132 return true; 1133 1134 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1135 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1136 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1137 return false; 1138 1139 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1140 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1141 1142 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1143 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1144 1145 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1146 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 1147 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1148 return false; 1149 } 1150 1151 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1152 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1153 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1154 return false; 1155 1156 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1157 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1158 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1159 return false; 1160 1161 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1162 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1163 return false; 1164 1165 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1166 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1167 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1168 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1169 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1170 if (!CD->isTrivial()) 1171 return false; 1172 } 1173 } 1174 } 1175 } 1176 1177 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1178 } 1179 1180 return true; 1181} 1182 1183static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1184 FixItHint &Hint) { 1185 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1186 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1187 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOptions(), true); 1188 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1189 return; 1190 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1191 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1192 } 1193 return; 1194} 1195 1196/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1197/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1198void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1199 FixItHint Hint; 1200 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1201 return; 1202 1203 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1204 1205 unsigned DiagID; 1206 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1207 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1208 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1209 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1210 else 1211 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1212 1213 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1214} 1215 1216static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1217 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1218 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1219 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1220 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1221 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1222} 1223 1224void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1225 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1226 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1227 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1228 1229 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1230 I != E; ++I) { 1231 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1232 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1233 1234 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1235 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1236 1237 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1238 1239 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1240 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 1241 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1242 1243 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1244 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1245 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1246 1247 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1248 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1249 } 1250} 1251 1252/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1253/// 1254/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1255/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1256/// to the fixed name. 1257/// 1258/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1259/// 1260/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1261/// if there is no class with the given name. 1262/// 1263/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1264/// class could not be found. 1265ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1266 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1267 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1268 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1269 // creation from this context. 1270 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1271 1272 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1273 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1274 // find an Objective-C class name. 1275 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1276 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1277 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, 1278 Validator)) { 1279 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1280 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1281 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1282 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1283 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1284 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1285 1286 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1287 } 1288 } 1289 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1290 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1291 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1292 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1293 return Def; 1294} 1295 1296/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1297/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1298/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1299/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1300/// ill-formed in C++: 1301/// @code 1302/// struct S6 { 1303/// enum { BAR } e; 1304/// }; 1305/// 1306/// void test_S6() { 1307/// struct S6 a; 1308/// a.e = BAR; 1309/// } 1310/// @endcode 1311/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1312/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1313/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1314/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1315/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1316/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1317/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1318/// contain non-field names. 1319Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1320 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1321 (S->getEntity() && 1322 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1323 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) 1324 S = S->getParent(); 1325 return S; 1326} 1327 1328/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1329/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1330/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1331/// built-in. 1332NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1333 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1334 SourceLocation Loc) { 1335 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1336 1337 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1338 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1339 switch (Error) { 1340 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1341 // Okay 1342 break; 1343 1344 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1345 if (ForRedeclaration) 1346 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1347 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1348 return 0; 1349 1350 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1351 if (ForRedeclaration) 1352 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1353 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1354 return 0; 1355 1356 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1357 if (ForRedeclaration) 1358 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1359 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1360 return 0; 1361 } 1362 1363 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1364 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1365 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1366 << R; 1367 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1368 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1369 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1370 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1371 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1372 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1373 } 1374 1375 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1376 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1377 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1378 SC_Extern, 1379 SC_None, false, 1380 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1381 New->setImplicit(); 1382 1383 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1384 // FunctionDecl. 1385 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1386 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1387 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1388 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1389 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1390 SourceLocation(), 0, 1391 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1392 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 1393 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1394 Params.push_back(parm); 1395 } 1396 New->setParams(Params); 1397 } 1398 1399 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1400 1401 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1402 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1403 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1404 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1405 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1406 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1407 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1408 CurContext = SavedContext; 1409 return New; 1410} 1411 1412bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1413 QualType OldType; 1414 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1415 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1416 else 1417 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1418 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1419 1420 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1421 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1422 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1423 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1424 << Kind << NewType; 1425 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1426 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1427 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1428 return true; 1429 } 1430 1431 if (OldType != NewType && 1432 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1433 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1434 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1435 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1436 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1437 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1438 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1439 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1440 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1441 return true; 1442 } 1443 return false; 1444} 1445 1446/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1447/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1448/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1449/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1450/// 1451void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1452 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1453 // merging checks. 1454 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1455 1456 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1457 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1458 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { 1459 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1460 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1461 default: break; 1462 case 2: 1463 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1464 break; 1465 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1466 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1467 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1468 return; 1469 case 5: 1470 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1471 break; 1472 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1473 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1474 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1475 return; 1476 case 3: 1477 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1478 break; 1479 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1480 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1481 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1482 return; 1483 } 1484 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1485 } 1486 1487 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1488 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1489 if (!Old) { 1490 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1491 << New->getDeclName(); 1492 1493 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1494 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1495 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1496 1497 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1498 } 1499 1500 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1501 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1502 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1503 1504 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1505 // with any extensions enabled. 1506 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1507 return; 1508 1509 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1510 // declaration was a typedef. 1511 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1512 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1513 1514 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt) 1515 return; 1516 1517 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1518 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1519 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1520 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1521 // to the type to which it already refers. 1522 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1523 return; 1524 1525 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1526 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1527 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1528 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1529 // 1530 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1531 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1532 // 1533 // struct S { 1534 // typedef struct A { } A; 1535 // }; 1536 // 1537 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1538 // allow the above but disallow 1539 // 1540 // struct S { 1541 // typedef int I; 1542 // typedef int I; 1543 // }; 1544 // 1545 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1546 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1547 return; 1548 1549 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1550 << New->getDeclName(); 1551 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1552 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1553 } 1554 1555 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1556 if (getLangOptions().Modules || getLangOptions().C11) 1557 return; 1558 1559 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1560 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1561 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1562 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1563 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1564 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1565 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1566 return; 1567 1568 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1569 << New->getDeclName(); 1570 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1571 return; 1572} 1573 1574/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1575/// attribute. 1576static bool 1577DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1578 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1579 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1580 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1581 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1582 if (Ann) { 1583 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1584 return true; 1585 continue; 1586 } 1587 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1588 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1589 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1590 return true; 1591 } 1592 1593 return false; 1594} 1595 1596/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1597void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, 1598 bool MergeDeprecation) { 1599 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 1600 return; 1601 1602 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 1603 1604 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1605 // we process them. 1606 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1607 1608 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1609 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1610 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); 1611 i != e; ++i) { 1612 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 1613 if (!MergeDeprecation && 1614 (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 1615 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || 1616 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i))) 1617 continue; 1618 1619 if (!DeclHasAttr(New, *i)) { 1620 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>((*i)->clone(Context)); 1621 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1622 New->addAttr(newAttr); 1623 foundAny = true; 1624 } 1625 } 1626 1627 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 1628} 1629 1630/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1631/// to the new one. 1632static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1633 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1634 ASTContext &C) { 1635 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1636 return; 1637 1638 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1639 1640 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1641 // done before we process them. 1642 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1643 1644 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1645 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1646 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1647 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1648 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1649 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1650 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1651 foundAny = true; 1652 } 1653 } 1654 1655 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1656} 1657 1658namespace { 1659 1660/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1661/// C. 1662struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1663 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1664 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1665 QualType PromotedType; 1666}; 1667 1668} 1669 1670/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1671Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1672 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1673 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 1674 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 1675 1676 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1677 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1678 1679 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 1680 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 1681 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 1682 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1683 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 1684 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1685 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 1686 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 1687 } 1688 1689 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 1690} 1691 1692/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1693/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1694/// GNU89 mode. 1695static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1696 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1697 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 1698 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1699 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1700 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1701} 1702 1703/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1704/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1705/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1706/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1707/// 1708/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1709/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1710/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1711/// merged with. 1712/// 1713/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1714bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { 1715 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1716 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1717 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1718 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1719 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1720 else 1721 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1722 if (!Old) { 1723 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1724 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1725 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1726 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1727 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1728 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1729 return true; 1730 } 1731 1732 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1733 << New->getDeclName(); 1734 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1735 return true; 1736 } 1737 1738 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1739 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1740 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1741 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1742 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1743 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1744 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1745 else 1746 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1747 1748 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1749 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1750 1751 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1752 // is an extern inline function. 1753 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1754 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1755 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1756 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) { 1757 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt) { 1758 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 1759 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1760 } else { 1761 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 1762 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1763 return true; 1764 } 1765 } 1766 1767 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 1768 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 1769 // calling convention of the first. 1770 // 1771 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 1772 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 1773 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 1774 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 1775 // because it is the default calling convention. 1776 // 1777 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 1778 // other tests to run. 1779 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 1780 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1781 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 1782 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 1783 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 1784 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default && 1785 NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 1786 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 1787 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1788 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 1789 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 1790 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 1791 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 1792 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 1793 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 1794 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 1795 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 1796 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1797 return true; 1798 } 1799 1800 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 1801 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1802 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 1803 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1804 } 1805 1806 // Merge regparm attribute. 1807 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 1808 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 1809 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 1810 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 1811 << NewType->getRegParmType() 1812 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 1813 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1814 return true; 1815 } 1816 1817 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 1818 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1819 } 1820 1821 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 1822 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 1823 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 1824 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 1825 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1826 return true; 1827 } 1828 1829 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 1830 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1831 } 1832 1833 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 1834 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 1835 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 1836 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1837 } 1838 1839 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1840 // (C++98 13.1p2): 1841 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 1842 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 1843 // cannot be overloaded. 1844 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 1845 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 1846 QualType ResQT; 1847 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 1848 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1849 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 1850 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 1851 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 1852 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 1853 Diag(New->getLocation(), 1854 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 1855 else 1856 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 1857 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1858 return true; 1859 } 1860 else 1861 NewQType = ResQT; 1862 } 1863 1864 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 1865 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 1866 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 1867 // Preserve triviality. 1868 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 1869 1870 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 1871 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 1872 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 1873 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 1874 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 1875 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 1876 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 1877 1878 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 1879 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 1880 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 1881 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 1882 // is a static member function declaration. 1883 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 1884 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 1885 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1886 return true; 1887 } 1888 1889 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1890 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 1891 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 1892 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 1893 unsigned NewDiag; 1894 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 1895 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 1896 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 1897 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 1898 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 1899 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 1900 else 1901 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 1902 1903 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 1904 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1905 1906 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 1907 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 1908 // 1909 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 1910 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 1911 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 1912 if (isFriend) { 1913 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 1914 } else { 1915 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1916 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 1917 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1918 return true; 1919 } 1920 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted()) { 1921 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1922 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 1923 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1924 return true; 1925 } 1926 } 1927 1928 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 1929 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 1930 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 1931 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 1932 1933 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 1934 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 1935 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1936 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 1937 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 1938 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 1939 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 1940 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 1941 } 1942 1943 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 1944 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1945 1946 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 1947 } 1948 1949 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 1950 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 1951 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1952 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 1953 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1954 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1955 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 1956 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 1957 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 1958 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 1959 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 1960 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 1961 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1962 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 1963 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 1964 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 1965 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 1966 New->setType(NewQType); 1967 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 1968 1969 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 1970 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1971 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 1972 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1973 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 1974 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 1975 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 1976 SourceLocation(), 1977 SourceLocation(), 0, 1978 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 1979 SC_None, SC_None, 1980 0); 1981 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 1982 Param->setImplicit(); 1983 Params.push_back(Param); 1984 } 1985 1986 New->setParams(Params); 1987 } 1988 1989 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1990 } 1991 1992 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 1993 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 1994 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 1995 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 1996 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 1997 // the prototype. 1998 // 1999 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2000 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2001 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2002 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2003 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2004 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2005 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2006 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2007 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2008 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2009 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2010 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2011 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2012 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2013 2014 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2015 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 2016 NewProto->getResultType()); 2017 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2018 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2019 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2020 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2021 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2022 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2023 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 2024 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2025 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2026 NewParm->getType(), 2027 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2028 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 2029 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 2030 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2031 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2032 } else 2033 LooseCompatible = false; 2034 } 2035 2036 if (LooseCompatible) { 2037 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2038 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2039 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2040 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2041 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2042 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2043 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2044 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2045 } 2046 2047 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 2048 ArgTypes.size(), 2049 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2050 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 2051 } 2052 2053 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2054 } 2055 2056 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 2057 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 2058 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 2059 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 2060 // signature. 2061 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2062 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 2063 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 2064 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 2065 // library built-in. 2066 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2067 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2068 << Old << Old->getType(); 2069 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2070 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 2071 return false; 2072 } 2073 2074 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2075 } 2076 2077 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2078 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2079 return true; 2080} 2081 2082/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2083/// known to be compatible. 2084/// 2085/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2086/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 2087/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2088/// redeclaration of Old. 2089/// 2090/// \returns false 2091bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { 2092 // Merge the attributes 2093 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2094 2095 // Merge the storage class. 2096 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 2097 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 2098 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2099 2100 // Merge "pure" flag. 2101 if (Old->isPure()) 2102 New->setPure(); 2103 2104 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2105 // declarations. 2106 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2107 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2108 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2109 Context); 2110 2111 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2112 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); 2113 2114 return false; 2115} 2116 2117 2118void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2119 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2120 // We don't want to merge unavailable and deprecated attributes 2121 // except from interface to implementation. 2122 bool mergeDeprecation = isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()); 2123 2124 // Merge the attributes. 2125 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, mergeDeprecation); 2126 2127 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2128 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(); 2129 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2130 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2131 ni != ne; ++ni, ++oi) 2132 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context); 2133 2134 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true); 2135} 2136 2137/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2138/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2139/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2140/// 2141/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2142/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2143/// is attached. 2144void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 2145 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2146 return; 2147 2148 QualType MergedT; 2149 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2150 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2151 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 2152 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2153 return; 2154 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2155 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2156 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2157 } 2158 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2159 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2160 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2161 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2162 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2163 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2164 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2165 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 2166 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2167 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 2168 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2169 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 2170 MergedT = New->getType(); 2171 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2172 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2173 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 2174 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2175 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 2176 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2177 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 2178 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2179 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2180 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2181 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2182 Old->getType()); 2183 } 2184 } else { 2185 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2186 } 2187 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2188 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2189 << New->getDeclName(); 2190 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2191 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2192 } 2193 New->setType(MergedT); 2194} 2195 2196/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2197/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2198/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2199/// 2200/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2201/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2202/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2203/// 2204void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2205 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2206 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2207 return; 2208 2209 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2210 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2211 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2212 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2213 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2214 << New->getDeclName(); 2215 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2216 diag::note_previous_definition); 2217 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2218 } 2219 2220 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2221 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2222 // 2223 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2224 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2225 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2226 << New->getIdentifier(); 2227 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2228 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2229 } 2230 2231 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2232 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 2233 // declaration 2234 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2235 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2236 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2237 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2238 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2239 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2240 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2241 } 2242 2243 // Merge the types. 2244 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 2245 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2246 return; 2247 2248 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 2249 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2250 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 2251 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2252 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2253 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2254 } 2255 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2256 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2257 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2258 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2259 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2260 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2261 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2262 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2263 // identifier has external linkage. 2264 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2265 /* Okay */; 2266 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2267 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2268 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2269 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2270 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2271 } 2272 2273 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2274 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2275 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2276 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2277 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2278 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2279 } 2280 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 2281 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2282 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2283 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2284 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2285 } 2286 2287 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2288 2289 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2290 // need to check for mismatches. 2291 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2292 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2293 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2294 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2295 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2296 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2297 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2298 } 2299 2300 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2301 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2302 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2303 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2304 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2305 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2306 } 2307 2308 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2309 const VarDecl *Def; 2310 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2311 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2312 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2313 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2314 << New->getDeclName(); 2315 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2316 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2317 return; 2318 } 2319 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 2320 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 2321 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 2322 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 2323 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 2324 // specified at the prior declaration. 2325 // FIXME. revisit this code. 2326 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2327 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 2328 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 2329 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2330 2331 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 2332 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 2333 2334 // Inherit access appropriately. 2335 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 2336} 2337 2338/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2339/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 2340Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2341 DeclSpec &DS) { 2342 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, 2343 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0)); 2344} 2345 2346/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2347/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template 2348/// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 2349Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2350 DeclSpec &DS, 2351 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) { 2352 Decl *TagD = 0; 2353 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 2354 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2355 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2356 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2357 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2358 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 2359 2360 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 2361 return 0; 2362 2363 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 2364 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 2365 // it's a Type. 2366 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 2367 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 2368 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 2369 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 2370 } 2371 2372 if (Tag) 2373 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 2374 2375 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2376 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 2377 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 2378 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2379 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2380 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 2381 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2382 } 2383 2384 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 2385 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 2386 // and definitions of functions and variables. 2387 if (Tag) 2388 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 2389 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2390 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2391 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3); 2392 else 2393 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 2394 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 2395 return TagD; 2396 } 2397 2398 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 2399 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 2400 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 2401 if (TagD && !Tag) 2402 return 0; 2403 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 2404 } 2405 2406 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 2407 // declarators. 2408 bool emittedWarning = false; 2409 2410 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 2411 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 2412 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2413 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 2414 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 2415 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 2416 2417 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2418 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2419 emittedWarning = true; 2420 } 2421 } 2422 2423 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 2424 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2425 CurContext->isRecord() && 2426 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 2427 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 2428 // struct STRUCT; 2429 // and 2430 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 2431 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 2432 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 2433 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 2434 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 2435 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 2436 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2437 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 2438 } 2439 } 2440 2441 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2442 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2443 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 2444 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 2445 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 2446 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2447 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2448 emittedWarning = true; 2449 } 2450 2451 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 2452 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 2453 2454 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 2455 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 2456 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 2457 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2458 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 2459 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 2460 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2461 return Tag; 2462 } 2463 2464 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2465 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2466 emittedWarning = true; 2467 } 2468 2469 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 2470 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 2471 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 2472 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 2473 return TagD; 2474 2475 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 2476 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 2477 // useless. 2478 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 2479 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 2480 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 2481 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 2482 2483 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 2484 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 2485 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2486 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2487 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 2488 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2489 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 2490 // Restrict is covered above. 2491 } 2492 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 2493 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 2494 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 2495 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 2496 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 2497 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 2498 2499 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 2500 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2501 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 2502 << Tag->getTagKind() 2503 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 2504 2505 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 2506 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 2507 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 2508 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 2509 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 2510 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2511 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2512 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2513 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2514 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 2515 while (attrs) { 2516 Diag(attrs->getScopeLoc(), 2517 diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 2518 << attrs->getName() 2519 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2520 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2521 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3); 2522 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 2523 } 2524 } 2525 } 2526 2527 return TagD; 2528} 2529 2530/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 2531/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 2532/// 2533/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 2534static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 2535 Scope *S, 2536 DeclContext *Owner, 2537 DeclarationName Name, 2538 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2539 unsigned diagnostic) { 2540 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 2541 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 2542 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 2543 2544 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 2545 return false; 2546 2547 // Pick a representative declaration. 2548 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2549 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 2550 2551 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 2552 return false; 2553 2554 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 2555 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2556 2557 return true; 2558} 2559 2560/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 2561/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 2562/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 2563/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 2564/// struct, e.g., 2565/// 2566/// @code 2567/// union { 2568/// int i; 2569/// float f; 2570/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 2571/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 2572/// @endcode 2573/// 2574/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 2575/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 2576static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 2577 DeclContext *Owner, 2578 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 2579 AccessSpecifier AS, 2580 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 2581 bool MSAnonStruct) { 2582 unsigned diagKind 2583 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 2584 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 2585 2586 bool Invalid = false; 2587 2588 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 2589 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 2590 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 2591 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2592 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 2593 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 2594 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 2595 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 2596 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 2597 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2598 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 2599 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 2600 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 2601 Invalid = true; 2602 } else { 2603 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2604 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 2605 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 2606 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 2607 // anonymous union is declared. 2608 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 2609 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 2610 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 2611 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 2612 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 2613 else 2614 Chaining.push_back(VD); 2615 2616 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 2617 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 2618 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 2619 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 2620 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 2621 2622 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 2623 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 2624 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 2625 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 2626 2627 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2628 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 2629 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 2630 2631 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 2632 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2633 2634 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 2635 } 2636 } 2637 } 2638 2639 return Invalid; 2640} 2641 2642/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2643/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2644/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2645static StorageClass 2646StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2647 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2648 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2649 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2650 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2651 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 2652 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 2653 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2654 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2655 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2656 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2657 } 2658 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2659} 2660 2661/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2662/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2663/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2664static StorageClass 2665StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2666 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2667 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2668 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2669 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2670 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2671 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2672 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 2673 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2674 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 2675 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2676 } 2677 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2678} 2679 2680/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 2681/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 2682/// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 2683/// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 2684Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2685 AccessSpecifier AS, 2686 RecordDecl *Record) { 2687 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 2688 2689 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 2690 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !getLangOptions().C11) 2691 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 2692 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2693 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 2694 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().C11) 2695 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 2696 2697 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 2698 // structs/unions. 2699 bool Invalid = false; 2700 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2701 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 2702 unsigned DiagID; 2703 if (Record->isUnion()) { 2704 // C++ [class.union]p6: 2705 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 2706 // global namespace shall be declared static. 2707 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 2708 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 2709 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 2710 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 2711 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 2712 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 2713 2714 // Recover by adding 'static'. 2715 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 2716 PrevSpec, DiagID); 2717 } 2718 // C++ [class.union]p6: 2719 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 2720 // anonymous union in a class scope. 2721 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 2722 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2723 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2724 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 2725 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 2726 2727 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 2728 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 2729 SourceLocation(), 2730 PrevSpec, DiagID); 2731 } 2732 } 2733 2734 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 2735 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2736 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2737 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2738 << Record->isUnion() << 0 2739 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 2740 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2741 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 2742 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2743 << Record->isUnion() << 1 2744 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 2745 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2746 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2747 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2748 << Record->isUnion() << 2 2749 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 2750 2751 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 2752 } 2753 2754 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2755 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 2756 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 2757 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 2758 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 2759 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 2760 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 2761 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 2762 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2763 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 2764 // members (clause 11). 2765 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 2766 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 2767 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 2768 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 2769 Invalid = true; 2770 } 2771 2772 // C++ [class.union]p1 2773 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 2774 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 2775 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 2776 // array of such objects. 2777 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 2778 Invalid = true; 2779 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 2780 // Any implicit members are fine. 2781 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 2782 // This is a type that showed up in an 2783 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 2784 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 2785 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 2786 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 2787 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 2788 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 2789 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2790 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt) 2791 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2792 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2793 else { 2794 // This is a nested type declaration. 2795 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2796 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2797 Invalid = true; 2798 } 2799 } 2800 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 2801 // Any access specifier is fine. 2802 } else { 2803 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 2804 // member. Complain about it. 2805 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 2806 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 2807 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 2808 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 2809 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 2810 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 2811 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 2812 2813 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2814 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt && 2815 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2816 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2817 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2818 else { 2819 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 2820 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2821 Invalid = true; 2822 } 2823 } 2824 } 2825 } 2826 2827 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 2828 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 2829 << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 2830 Invalid = true; 2831 } 2832 2833 // Mock up a declarator. 2834 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 2835 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2836 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 2837 2838 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 2839 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 2840 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2841 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 2842 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2843 Record->getLocation(), 2844 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2845 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2846 TInfo, 2847 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 2848 /*HasInit=*/false); 2849 Anon->setAccess(AS); 2850 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2851 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 2852 } else { 2853 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 2854 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2855 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2856 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2857 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2858 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2859 // an error here 2860 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2861 Invalid = true; 2862 SC = SC_None; 2863 } 2864 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2865 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2866 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2867 2868 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 2869 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2870 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2871 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2872 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2873 2874 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 2875 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 2876 // initializer: 2877 // union { int n = 0; }; 2878 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 2879 } 2880 Anon->setImplicit(); 2881 2882 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 2883 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 2884 // its members. 2885 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 2886 2887 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 2888 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2889 // purposes. 2890 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2891 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2892 2893 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 2894 Chain, false)) 2895 Invalid = true; 2896 2897 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 2898 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 2899 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 2900 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 2901 // builds its lookup table, and once by 2902 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 2903 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 2904 2905 if (Invalid) 2906 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2907 2908 return Anon; 2909} 2910 2911/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 2912/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 2913/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 2914/// Example: 2915/// 2916/// struct A { int a; }; 2917/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 2918/// 2919/// void foo() { 2920/// B var; 2921/// var.a = 3; 2922/// } 2923/// 2924Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2925 RecordDecl *Record) { 2926 2927 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 2928 if (!Record) 2929 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 2930 2931 // Mock up a declarator. 2932 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2933 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2934 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 2935 2936 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 2937 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 2938 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 2939 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2940 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2941 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2942 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2943 TInfo, 2944 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 2945 /*HasInit=*/false); 2946 Anon->setImplicit(); 2947 2948 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 2949 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 2950 2951 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 2952 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2953 // purposes. 2954 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2955 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2956 2957 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 2958 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 2959 RecordDef, AS_none, 2960 Chain, true)) 2961 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2962 2963 return Anon; 2964} 2965 2966/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 2967/// given Declarator. 2968DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 2969 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 2970} 2971 2972/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 2973DeclarationNameInfo 2974Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 2975 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 2976 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2977 2978 switch (Name.getKind()) { 2979 2980 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 2981 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 2982 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 2983 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2984 return NameInfo; 2985 2986 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 2987 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2988 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 2989 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2990 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 2991 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 2992 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 2993 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 2994 return NameInfo; 2995 2996 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 2997 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 2998 Name.Identifier)); 2999 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3000 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 3001 return NameInfo; 3002 3003 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 3004 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3005 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 3006 if (Ty.isNull()) 3007 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3008 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 3009 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3010 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3011 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3012 return NameInfo; 3013 } 3014 3015 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 3016 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3017 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 3018 if (Ty.isNull()) 3019 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3020 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3021 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3022 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3023 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3024 return NameInfo; 3025 } 3026 3027 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 3028 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 3029 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3030 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3031 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3032 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3033 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3034 3035 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3036 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3037 3038 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3039 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3040 // was qualified. 3041 3042 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3043 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3044 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3045 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3046 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3047 return NameInfo; 3048 } 3049 3050 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3051 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3052 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3053 if (Ty.isNull()) 3054 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3055 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3056 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3057 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3058 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3059 return NameInfo; 3060 } 3061 3062 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3063 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3064 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3065 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3066 } 3067 3068 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3069 3070 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3071} 3072 3073static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3074 do { 3075 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3076 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3077 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3078 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3079 else 3080 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3081 } while (true); 3082} 3083 3084/// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3085/// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3086/// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3087/// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3088/// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3089/// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3090/// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3091static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 3092 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 3093 FunctionDecl *Definition, 3094 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 3095 Params.clear(); 3096 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 3097 return false; 3098 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 3099 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3100 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3101 3102 // The parameter types are identical 3103 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 3104 continue; 3105 3106 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 3107 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 3108 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3109 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3110 3111 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 3112 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 3113 Params.push_back(Idx); 3114 else // The two parameters aren't even close 3115 return false; 3116 } 3117 3118 return true; 3119} 3120 3121/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 3122/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 3123/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 3124/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 3125/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 3126static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 3127 DeclarationName Name) { 3128 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 3129 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 3130 // - types which will become injected class names 3131 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 3132 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 3133 // few cases here. 3134 3135 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 3136 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 3137 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 3138 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 3139 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 3140 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 3141 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 3142 // Grab the type from the parser. 3143 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 3144 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 3145 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 3146 3147 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 3148 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 3149 // attached already. 3150 if (!TSI) 3151 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 3152 3153 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 3154 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 3155 if (!TSI) return true; 3156 3157 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 3158 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 3159 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 3160 break; 3161 } 3162 3163 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 3164 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 3165 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 3166 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 3167 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 3168 break; 3169 } 3170 3171 default: 3172 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 3173 break; 3174 } 3175 3176 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 3177 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 3178 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 3179 3180 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 3181 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 3182 // pointer. 3183 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 3184 continue; 3185 3186 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 3187 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 3188 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 3189 return true; 3190 } 3191 3192 return false; 3193} 3194 3195Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 3196 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 3197 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this)); 3198 3199 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 3200 Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 3201 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 3202 3203 return Dcl; 3204} 3205 3206/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 3207/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 3208/// name different from T: 3209/// - every static data member of class T; 3210/// - every member function of class T 3211/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 3212/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 3213bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 3214 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 3215 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3216 3217 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 3218 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 3219 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 3220 return true; 3221 } 3222 3223 return false; 3224} 3225 3226Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 3227 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 3228 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3229 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3230 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3231 3232 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 3233 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 3234 if (!Name) { 3235 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 3236 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3237 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 3238 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 3239 return 0; 3240 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3241 return 0; 3242 3243 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 3244 // we find one that is. 3245 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 3246 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 3247 S = S->getParent(); 3248 3249 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 3250 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 3251 D.setInvalidType(); 3252 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3253 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3254 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 3255 return 0; 3256 3257 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3258 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 3259 if (!DC) { 3260 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 3261 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 3262 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 3263 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 3264 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3265 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 3266 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 3267 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3268 return 0; 3269 } 3270 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 3271 3272 if (!IsDependentContext && 3273 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 3274 return 0; 3275 3276 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 3277 if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 3278 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3279 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 3280 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3281 D.setInvalidType(); 3282 } else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext) && 3283 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3284 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class 3285 // definition: 3286 // 3287 // class X { 3288 // void X::f(); 3289 // }; 3290 if (CurContext->Equals(DC)) { 3291 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification) 3292 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange()); 3293 } else { 3294 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification) 3295 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3296 3297 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 3298 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 3299 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 3300 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 3301 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 3302 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 3303 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)))) 3304 return 0; 3305 } 3306 3307 // Pretend that this qualifier was not here. 3308 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 3309 } 3310 } 3311 3312 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 3313 // declaration in the current instantiation. 3314 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 3315 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 3316 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 3317 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 3318 D.setInvalidType(); 3319 } 3320 } 3321 3322 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 3323 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 3324 // Just return early; it's safer. 3325 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3326 return 0; 3327 3328 NamedDecl *New; 3329 3330 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 3331 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 3332 3333 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 3334 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3335 D.setInvalidType(); 3336 3337 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 3338 ForRedeclaration); 3339 3340 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 3341 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3342 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 3343 3344 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 3345 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 3346 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 3347 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3348 /* Do nothing*/; 3349 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3350 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3351 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3352 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3353 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 3354 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3355 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 3356 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3357 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3358 3359 if (IsLinkageLookup) 3360 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 3361 3362 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 3363 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 3364 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 3365 3366 // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for 3367 // out-of-line members. 3368 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 3369 3370 // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: 3371 // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named 3372 // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit 3373 // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being 3374 // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears 3375 // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the 3376 // declarations namespace. 3377 // 3378 // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet 3379 // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually 3380 // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: 3381 // 3382 // class X { 3383 // void f(); 3384 // void f(float); 3385 // }; 3386 // 3387 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 3388 // 3389 // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set 3390 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 3391 // matches. 3392 3393 // First check whether we named the global scope. 3394 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 3395 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3396 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3397 } else { 3398 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3399 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3400 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3401 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3402 // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. 3403 // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. 3404 SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 3405 SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3406 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3407 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; 3408 else 3409 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3410 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; 3411 D.setInvalidType(); 3412 } 3413 3414 // C++11 8.3p1: 3415 // ... "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 3416 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 3417 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc = 3418 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getWithLocInContext(Context); 3419 assert(SpecLoc && "A non-empty CXXScopeSpec should have a non-empty " 3420 "NestedNameSpecifierLoc"); 3421 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 3422 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 3423 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 3424 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 3425 Diag(SpecLoc.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 3426 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 3427 } 3428 } 3429 3430 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3431 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 3432 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 3433 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 3434 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3435 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3436 3437 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 3438 Previous.clear(); 3439 } 3440 3441 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 3442 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 3443 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 3444 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 3445 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 3446 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3447 Previous.clear(); 3448 3449 bool AddToScope = true; 3450 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3451 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 3452 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 3453 return 0; 3454 } 3455 3456 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 3457 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3458 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3459 move(TemplateParamLists), 3460 AddToScope); 3461 } else { 3462 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3463 move(TemplateParamLists)); 3464 } 3465 3466 if (New == 0) 3467 return 0; 3468 3469 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 3470 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 3471 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 3472 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) 3473 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 3474 3475 return New; 3476} 3477 3478/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 3479/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 3480/// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 3481static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 3482 ASTContext &Context, 3483 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3484 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3485 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 3486 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 3487 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 3488 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 3489 SizeIsNegative = false; 3490 Oversized = 0; 3491 3492 if (T->isDependentType()) 3493 return QualType(); 3494 3495 QualifierCollector Qs; 3496 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 3497 3498 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 3499 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 3500 QualType FixedType = 3501 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3502 Oversized); 3503 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3504 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 3505 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3506 } 3507 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 3508 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 3509 QualType FixedType = 3510 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3511 Oversized); 3512 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3513 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 3514 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3515 } 3516 3517 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 3518 if (!VLATy) 3519 return QualType(); 3520 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 3521 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 3522 return QualType(); 3523 3524 llvm::APSInt Res; 3525 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 3526 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 3527 return QualType(); 3528 3529 // Check whether the array size is negative. 3530 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 3531 SizeIsNegative = true; 3532 return QualType(); 3533 } 3534 3535 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 3536 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 3537 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 3538 Res); 3539 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 3540 Oversized = Res; 3541 return QualType(); 3542 } 3543 3544 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 3545 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 3546} 3547 3548/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 3549/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 3550void 3551Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 3552 const LookupResult &Previous, 3553 Scope *S) { 3554 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3555 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 3556 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 3557 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 3558 3559 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 3560 return; 3561 3562 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 3563 3564 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 3565 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 3566 // declaration. 3567 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 3568 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 3569 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 3570 3571 if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 3572 // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope. 3573 // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain 3574 // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain. 3575 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND); 3576 3577 } else { 3578 // Find the scope for the original declaration. 3579 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 3580 S = S->getParent(); 3581 } 3582 3583 if (S) 3584 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 3585 } 3586} 3587 3588llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 3589Sema::findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 3590 if (ExternalSource) { 3591 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 3592 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 3593 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternalDecls(Decls); 3594 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 3595 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3596 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 3597 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3598 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 3599 } 3600 } 3601 3602 return LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Name); 3603} 3604 3605/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 3606/// does not identify a function. 3607void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 3608 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 3609 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 3610 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 3611 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3612 diag::err_inline_non_function); 3613 3614 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 3615 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3616 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3617 3618 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 3619 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3620 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 3621} 3622 3623NamedDecl* 3624Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3625 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 3626 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3627 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3628 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 3629 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3630 D.setInvalidType(); 3631 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 3632 DC = CurContext; 3633 Previous.clear(); 3634 } 3635 3636 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3637 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3638 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3639 } 3640 3641 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3642 3643 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3644 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3645 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 3646 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 3647 << 1; 3648 3649 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 3650 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 3651 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 3652 return 0; 3653 } 3654 3655 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 3656 if (!NewTD) return 0; 3657 3658 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3659 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 3660 3661 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 3662 3663 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 3664 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3665 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 3666 return ND; 3667} 3668 3669void 3670Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3671 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 3672 // then it shall have block scope. 3673 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 3674 // that redeclarations will match. 3675 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 3676 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 3677 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3678 3679 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3680 bool SizeIsNegative; 3681 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3682 QualType FixedTy = 3683 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3684 Oversized); 3685 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 3686 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3687 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 3688 } else { 3689 if (SizeIsNegative) 3690 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 3691 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 3692 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 3693 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 3694 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 3695 << Oversized.toString(10); 3696 else 3697 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3698 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 3699 } 3700 } 3701 } 3702} 3703 3704 3705/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 3706/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 3707/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 3708NamedDecl* 3709Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 3710 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 3711 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 3712 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 3713 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 3714 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 3715 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3716 Redeclaration = true; 3717 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 3718 } 3719 3720 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 3721 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 3722 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 3723 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 3724 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 3725 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 3726 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 3727 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3728 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 3729 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3730 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 3731 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 3732 else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list")) 3733 Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD)); 3734 } 3735 3736 return NewTD; 3737} 3738 3739/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 3740/// previous declaration. 3741/// 3742/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 3743/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 3744/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 3745/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 3746/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 3747/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 3748/// 3749/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 3750/// lookup 3751/// 3752/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 3753/// declared. 3754/// 3755/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 3756/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 3757static bool 3758isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 3759 ASTContext &Context) { 3760 if (!PrevDecl) 3761 return false; 3762 3763 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 3764 return false; 3765 3766 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3767 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 3768 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 3769 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 3770 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 3771 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 3772 // linkage of the previous declaration. 3773 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 3774 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3775 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 3776 return false; 3777 3778 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 3779 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 3780 // We found a member function: ignore it. 3781 return false; 3782 3783 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 3784 // previous declarations. 3785 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3786 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3787 3788 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 3789 // isn't the same function. 3790 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 3791 return false; 3792 } 3793 3794 return true; 3795} 3796 3797static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 3798 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 3799 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 3800 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 3801} 3802 3803bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 3804 QualType type = decl->getType(); 3805 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 3806 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 3807 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 3808 unsigned kind = -1U; 3809 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 3810 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3811 kind = 0; // __block 3812 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 3813 kind = 1; // global 3814 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 3815 kind = 3; // ivar 3816 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 3817 kind = 2; // field 3818 } 3819 3820 if (kind != -1U) { 3821 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 3822 << kind; 3823 } 3824 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 3825 // Try to infer lifetime. 3826 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 3827 return false; 3828 3829 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 3830 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 3831 decl->setType(type); 3832 } 3833 3834 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 3835 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 3836 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 3837 var->isThreadSpecified()) { 3838 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 3839 << var->getType(); 3840 return true; 3841 } 3842 } 3843 3844 return false; 3845} 3846 3847NamedDecl* 3848Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 3849 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 3850 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 3851 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 3852 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 3853 3854 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3855 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3856 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3857 3858 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 3859 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3860 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3861 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3862 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3863 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3864 // an error here 3865 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3866 D.setInvalidType(); 3867 SC = SC_None; 3868 } 3869 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3870 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3871 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3872 3873 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 3874 if (!II) { 3875 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 3876 << Name; 3877 return 0; 3878 } 3879 3880 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3881 3882 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3883 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 3884 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 3885 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 3886 3887 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 3888 // is a GNU extension. 3889 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 3890 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 3891 else 3892 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 3893 D.setInvalidType(); 3894 } 3895 } 3896 3897 if (getLangOptions().OpenCL) { 3898 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 3899 // OpenCL __local address space. 3900 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) 3901 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 3902 } 3903 3904 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3905 VarDecl *NewVD; 3906 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3907 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3908 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3909 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3910 3911 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3912 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3913 } else { 3914 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 3915 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 3916 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3917 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3918 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 3919 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3920 } else if (SC == SC_None) 3921 SC = SC_Static; 3922 } 3923 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3924 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 3925 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 3926 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3927 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 3928 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 3929 3930 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 3931 // the program is ill-formed. 3932 // 3933 // We also disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 3934 if (CurContext->isRecord() && (RD->isUnion() || !RD->getDeclName())) 3935 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3936 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_union_or_anon_struct) 3937 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 3938 } 3939 } 3940 3941 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3942 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3943 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3944 bool Invalid = false; 3945 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3946 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3947 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3948 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3949 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3950 TemplateParamLists.get(), 3951 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3952 /*never a friend*/ false, 3953 isExplicitSpecialization, 3954 Invalid)) { 3955 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3956 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 3957 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 3958 << II 3959 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3960 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3961 return 0; 3962 } else { 3963 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 3964 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 3965 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3966 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 3967 << II 3968 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3969 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3970 } 3971 } 3972 3973 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3974 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3975 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3976 3977 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 3978 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 3979 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 3980 R->getContainedAutoType()) 3981 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 3982 3983 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 3984 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3985 3986 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 3987 3988 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3989 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3990 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3991 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3992 } 3993 3994 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 3995 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 3996 } 3997 3998 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 3999 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4000 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4001 4002 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 4003 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4004 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 4005 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 4006 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 4007 else 4008 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 4009 } 4010 4011 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 4012 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 4013 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 4014 << 2 4015 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4016 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4017 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 4018 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 4019 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 4020 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4021 else 4022 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 4023 } 4024 4025 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4026 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 4027 4028 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 4029 // retainable type. 4030 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 4031 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4032 4033 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4034 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 4035 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4036 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4037 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 4038 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 4039 switch (SC) { 4040 case SC_None: 4041 case SC_Auto: 4042 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 4043 break; 4044 case SC_Register: 4045 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 4046 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 4047 break; 4048 case SC_Static: 4049 case SC_Extern: 4050 case SC_PrivateExtern: 4051 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 4052 break; 4053 } 4054 } 4055 4056 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 4057 Context, Label)); 4058 } 4059 4060 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 4061 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 4062 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 4063 4064 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 4065 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 4066 // declaration has linkage). 4067 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 4068 isExplicitSpecialization); 4069 4070 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4071 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4072 } else { 4073 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 4074 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4075 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4076 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 4077 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4078 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 4079 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4080 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 4081 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4082 Previous.clear(); 4083 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4084 } 4085 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4086 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 4087 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 4088 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 4089 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4090 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4091 } 4092 4093 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4094 4095 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 4096 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 4097 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 4098 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4099 } 4100 4101 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 4102 // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not 4103 // here. 4104 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 4105 VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4106 if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) && 4107 Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) { 4108 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 4109 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4110 } 4111 } 4112 4113 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 4114 // such variables. 4115 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 4116 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4117 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 4118 4119 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4120 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 4121 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4122 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 4123 4124 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 4125 4126 return NewVD; 4127} 4128 4129/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 4130/// -Wshadow. 4131/// 4132/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 4133/// scope. 4134/// 4135/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 4136/// \param R the lookup of the name 4137/// 4138void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 4139 // Return if warning is ignored. 4140 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 4141 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4142 return; 4143 4144 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 4145 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 4146 return; 4147 4148 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 4149 4150 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 4151 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 4152 return; 4153 4154 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 4155 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4156 return; 4157 4158 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 4159 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4160 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 4161 if (MD->isStatic()) 4162 return; 4163 4164 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4165 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 4166 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 4167 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 4168 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 4169 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 4170 I != E; ++I) 4171 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 4172 ShadowedDecl = *I; 4173 break; 4174 } 4175 } 4176 4177 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 4178 4179 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 4180 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 4181 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 4182 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 4183 return; 4184 4185 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 4186 // static data members from base classes? 4187 4188 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 4189 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 4190 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 4191 } 4192 4193 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 4194 unsigned Kind; 4195 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 4196 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4197 Kind = 3; // field 4198 else 4199 Kind = 2; // static data member 4200 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 4201 Kind = 1; // global 4202 else 4203 Kind = 0; // local 4204 4205 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 4206 4207 // Emit warning and note. 4208 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 4209 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4210} 4211 4212/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 4213void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 4214 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 4215 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4216 return; 4217 4218 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 4219 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4220 LookupName(R, S); 4221 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 4222} 4223 4224/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 4225/// declaration. 4226/// 4227/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 4228/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 4229/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 4230/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 4231/// that have been instantiated from a template. 4232/// 4233/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 4234/// 4235/// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 4236bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 4237 LookupResult &Previous) { 4238 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 4239 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4240 return false; 4241 4242 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 4243 4244 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 4245 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 4246 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 4247 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 4248 NewVD->setType(T); 4249 } 4250 4251 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 4252 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 4253 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 4254 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 4255 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 4256 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 4257 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4258 return false; 4259 } 4260 4261 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 4262 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4263 if (getLangOptions().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4264 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 4265 else 4266 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 4267 } 4268 4269 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 4270 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 4271 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4272 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4273 4274 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 4275 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 4276 bool SizeIsNegative; 4277 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4278 QualType FixedTy = 4279 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4280 Oversized); 4281 4282 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 4283 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 4284 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 4285 // int a[10][n]; 4286 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 4287 4288 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4289 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 4290 << SizeRange; 4291 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 4292 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 4293 << SizeRange; 4294 else 4295 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 4296 << SizeRange; 4297 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4298 return false; 4299 } 4300 4301 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 4302 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4303 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4304 else 4305 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 4306 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4307 return false; 4308 } 4309 4310 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4311 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 4312 } 4313 4314 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 4315 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4316 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4317 // declaration with the same name. 4318 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4319 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewVD->getDeclName()); 4320 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4321 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4322 } 4323 4324 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 4325 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 4326 << T; 4327 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4328 return false; 4329 } 4330 4331 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4332 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 4333 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4334 return false; 4335 } 4336 4337 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4338 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 4339 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4340 return false; 4341 } 4342 4343 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 4344 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 4345 PDiag(diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal))) { 4346 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4347 return false; 4348 } 4349 4350 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4351 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 4352 return true; 4353 } 4354 return false; 4355} 4356 4357/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 4358struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 4359 Sema *S; 4360 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 4361}; 4362 4363/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 4364/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 4365/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 4366static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 4367 CXXBasePath &Path, 4368 void *UserData) { 4369 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 4370 4371 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 4372 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 4373 4374 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 4375 4376 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 4377 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4378 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 4379 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 4380 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 4381 4382 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 4383 } 4384 4385 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 4386 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 4387 ++Path.Decls.first) { 4388 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 4389 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 4390 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 4391 return true; 4392 } 4393 } 4394 4395 return false; 4396} 4397 4398/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 4399/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 4400bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 4401 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 4402 CXXBasePaths Paths; 4403 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 4404 Data.Method = MD; 4405 Data.S = this; 4406 bool AddedAny = false; 4407 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 4408 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 4409 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4410 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 4411 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 4412 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 4413 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 4414 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 4415 AddedAny = true; 4416 } 4417 } 4418 } 4419 } 4420 4421 return AddedAny; 4422} 4423 4424namespace { 4425 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 4426 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 4427 struct ActOnFDArgs { 4428 Scope *S; 4429 Declarator &D; 4430 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 4431 bool AddToScope; 4432 }; 4433} 4434 4435namespace { 4436 4437// Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 4438class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 4439 public: 4440 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 4441 return candidate.getEditDistance() > 0; 4442 } 4443}; 4444 4445} 4446 4447/// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 4448/// 4449/// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 4450/// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 4451/// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 4452/// the same name. 4453/// 4454/// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 4455/// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 4456static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 4457 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4458 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) { 4459 NamedDecl *Result = NULL; 4460 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 4461 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 4462 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 4463 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4464 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 4465 llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 4466 TypoCorrection Correction; 4467 bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 4468 ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()); 4469 unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 4470 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match; 4471 4472 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4473 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 4474 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 4475 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 4476 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator; 4477 if (!Prev.empty()) { 4478 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 4479 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 4480 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 4481 if (FD && 4482 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 4483 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 4484 // involve a parameter 4485 unsigned ParamNum = 4486 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 4487 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 4488 } 4489 } 4490 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 4491 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), 4492 Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, 4493 Validator, NewDC))) { 4494 // Trap errors. 4495 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 4496 4497 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 4498 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 4499 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4500 Previous.clear(); 4501 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 4502 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 4503 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 4504 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 4505 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 4506 if (FD && hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, 4507 MismatchedParams)) { 4508 Previous.addDecl(FD); 4509 } 4510 } 4511 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 4512 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 4513 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully 4514 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 4515 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 4516 NewFD->getDeclContext(), 4517 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 4518 Previous, 4519 ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 4520 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 4521 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) { 4522 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 4523 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 4524 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4525 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 4526 Previous.clear(); 4527 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 4528 Result = NULL; 4529 } else { 4530 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(), 4531 FuncEnd = Previous.end(); 4532 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 4533 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) 4534 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0)); 4535 } 4536 } 4537 if (NearMatches.empty()) { 4538 // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches 4539 Correction = TypoCorrection(); 4540 } else { 4541 DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 4542 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest; 4543 } 4544 } 4545 4546 if (Correction) 4547 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 4548 << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOptions()) 4549 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 4550 NewFD->getLocation(), 4551 Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOptions())); 4552 else 4553 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 4554 << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation(); 4555 4556 bool NewFDisConst = false; 4557 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 4558 NewFDisConst = NewMD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const; 4559 4560 for (llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1>::iterator 4561 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 4562 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 4563 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 4564 bool FDisConst = false; 4565 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 4566 FDisConst = MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const; 4567 4568 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 4569 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 4570 SemaRef.Diag(FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), 4571 diag::note_member_def_close_param_match) 4572 << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType(); 4573 } else if (Correction) { 4574 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 4575 << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOptions()); 4576 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 4577 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 4578 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 4579 } else 4580 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 4581 } 4582 return Result; 4583} 4584 4585static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 4586 Declarator &D) { 4587 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 4588 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 4589 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 4590 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 4591 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 4592 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4593 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 4594 D.setInvalidType(); 4595 break; 4596 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 4597 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 4598 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 4599 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 4600 // C99 6.7.1p5: 4601 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 4602 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 4603 // other than extern 4604 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 4605 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4606 diag::err_static_block_func); 4607 break; 4608 } else 4609 return SC_Static; 4610 } 4611 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4612 } 4613 4614 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 4615 return SC_None; 4616} 4617 4618static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 4619 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 4620 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4621 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 4622 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 4623 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4624 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4625 4626 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 4627 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 4628 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4629 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4630 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4631 4632 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4633 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4634 // prototype. This true when: 4635 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 4636 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 4637 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 4638 bool HasPrototype = 4639 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 4640 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 4641 4642 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 4643 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), NameInfo, R, 4644 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4645 HasPrototype); 4646 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4647 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4648 4649 // Set the lexical context. 4650 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 4651 4652 return NewFD; 4653 } 4654 4655 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 4656 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 4657 4658 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 4659 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 4660 // the class has been completely parsed. 4661 if (!DC->isRecord() && 4662 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4663 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4664 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4665 SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 4666 D.setInvalidType(); 4667 4668 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 4669 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 4670 assert(DC->isRecord() && 4671 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 4672 4673 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4674 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4675 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), NameInfo, 4676 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 4677 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 4678 isConstexpr); 4679 4680 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4681 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 4682 if (DC->isRecord()) { 4683 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4684 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4685 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 4686 SemaRef.Context, Record, 4687 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4688 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 4689 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 4690 4691 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 4692 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 4693 // it yet. 4694 if (SemaRef.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && !Record->isDependentType() && 4695 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 4696 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 4697 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 4698 } 4699 4700 IsVirtualOkay = true; 4701 return NewDD; 4702 4703 } else { 4704 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 4705 D.setInvalidType(); 4706 4707 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 4708 // code path. 4709 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 4710 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4711 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 4712 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4713 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 4714 } 4715 4716 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 4717 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 4718 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4719 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 4720 return 0; 4721 } 4722 4723 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4724 IsVirtualOkay = true; 4725 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4726 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), NameInfo, 4727 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 4728 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 4729 4730 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 4731 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 4732 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 4733 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 4734 // constructor if it has no return type). 4735 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 4736 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 4737 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 4738 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 4739 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4740 return 0; 4741 } 4742 4743 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 4744 4745 // [class.free]p1: 4746 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 4747 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4748 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 4749 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 4750 isStatic = true; 4751 4752 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 4753 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4754 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 4755 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 4756 isStatic = true; 4757 4758 IsVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 4759 4760 // This is a C++ method declaration. 4761 return CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4762 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), NameInfo, R, 4763 TInfo, isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4764 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 4765 4766 } else { 4767 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4768 // prototype. This true when: 4769 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 4770 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 4771 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4772 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4773 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 4774 } 4775} 4776 4777NamedDecl* 4778Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4779 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4780 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 4781 bool &AddToScope) { 4782 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4783 4784 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 4785 4786 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4787 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4788 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4789 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 4790 4791 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4792 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4793 4794 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 4795 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 4796 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4797 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 4798 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType() 4799 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*"); 4800 4801 QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 4802 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 4803 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 4804 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 4805 R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(), 4806 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 4807 } 4808 else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R)) 4809 R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T); 4810 } 4811 4812 bool isFriend = false; 4813 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 4814 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4815 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4816 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 4817 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 4818 4819 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 4820 isVirtualOkay); 4821 if (!NewFD) return 0; 4822 4823 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 4824 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4825 4826 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4827 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 4828 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 4829 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 4830 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 4831 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4832 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 4833 // C++ [class.friend]p5 4834 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 4835 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 4836 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4837 } 4838 4839 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 4840 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4841 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4842 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4843 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4844 4845 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 4846 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 4847 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4848 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4849 4850 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4851 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4852 bool Invalid = false; 4853 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4854 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4855 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4856 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4857 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4858 TemplateParamLists.get(), 4859 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4860 isFriend, 4861 isExplicitSpecialization, 4862 Invalid)) { 4863 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4864 // This is a function template 4865 4866 // Check that we can declare a template here. 4867 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 4868 return 0; 4869 4870 // A destructor cannot be a template. 4871 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4872 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 4873 return 0; 4874 } 4875 4876 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 4877 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 4878 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 4879 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 4880 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4881 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 4882 Invalid = true; 4883 } 4884 4885 4886 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 4887 NewFD->getLocation(), 4888 Name, TemplateParams, 4889 NewFD); 4890 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4891 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 4892 4893 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 4894 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 4895 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4896 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 4897 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4898 } 4899 } else { 4900 // This is a function template specialization. 4901 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4902 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 4903 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4904 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4905 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4906 4907 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 4908 if (isFriend) { 4909 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 4910 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 4911 4912 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 4913 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 4914 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 4915 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 4916 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 4917 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 4918 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4919 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 4920 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 4921 } 4922 4923 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 4924 << Name << RemoveRange 4925 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 4926 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 4927 } 4928 } 4929 } 4930 else { 4931 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 4932 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 4933 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 4934 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 4935 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4936 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4937 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4938 } 4939 4940 if (Invalid) { 4941 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4942 if (FunctionTemplate) 4943 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4944 } 4945 4946 // If we see "T var();" at block scope, where T is a class type, it is 4947 // probably an attempt to initialize a variable, not a function declaration. 4948 // We don't catch this case earlier, since there is no ambiguity here. 4949 if (!FunctionTemplate && D.getFunctionDefinitionKind() == FDK_Declaration && 4950 CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4951 D.getNumTypeObjects() == 1 && D.isFunctionDeclarator() && 4952 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten() 4953 == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 4954 QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 4955 DeclaratorChunk &C = D.getTypeObject(0); 4956 if (!T->isVoidType() && C.Fun.NumArgs == 0 && !C.Fun.isVariadic && 4957 !C.Fun.TrailingReturnType && 4958 C.Fun.getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 4959 SourceRange ParenRange(C.Loc, C.EndLoc); 4960 Diag(C.Loc, diag::warn_empty_parens_are_function_decl) << ParenRange; 4961 4962 // If the declaration looks like: 4963 // T var1, 4964 // f(); 4965 // and name lookup finds a function named 'f', then the ',' was 4966 // probably intended to be a ';'. 4967 if (!D.isFirstDeclarator() && D.getIdentifier()) { 4968 FullSourceLoc Comma(D.getCommaLoc(), SourceMgr); 4969 FullSourceLoc Name(D.getIdentifierLoc(), SourceMgr); 4970 if (Comma.getFileID() != Name.getFileID() || 4971 Comma.getSpellingLineNumber() != Name.getSpellingLineNumber()) { 4972 LookupResult Result(*this, D.getIdentifier(), SourceLocation(), 4973 LookupOrdinaryName); 4974 if (LookupName(Result, S)) 4975 Diag(D.getCommaLoc(), diag::note_empty_parens_function_call) 4976 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(D.getCommaLoc(), ";") << NewFD; 4977 } 4978 } 4979 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 4980 // Empty parens mean value-initialization, and no parens mean default 4981 // initialization. These are equivalent if the default constructor is 4982 // user-provided, or if zero-initialization is a no-op. 4983 if (RD && RD->hasDefinition() && 4984 (RD->isEmpty() || RD->hasUserProvidedDefaultConstructor())) 4985 Diag(C.Loc, diag::note_empty_parens_default_ctor) 4986 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenRange); 4987 else if (const char *Init = getFixItZeroInitializerForType(T)) 4988 Diag(C.Loc, diag::note_empty_parens_zero_initialize) 4989 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ParenRange, Init); 4990 else if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus0x) 4991 Diag(C.Loc, diag::note_empty_parens_zero_initialize) 4992 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ParenRange, "{}"); 4993 } 4994 } 4995 4996 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 4997 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 4998 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 4999 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 5000 // 5001 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5002 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 5003 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5004 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5005 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5006 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 5007 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5008 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 5009 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5010 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5011 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 5012 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 5013 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5014 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 5015 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5016 } else { 5017 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 5018 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 5019 } 5020 } 5021 5022 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 5023 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 5024 // declaration. 5025 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5026 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5027 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 5028 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 5029 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 5030 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 5031 } 5032 } 5033 5034 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 5035 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 5036 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 5037 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 5038 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5039 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5040 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 5041 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5042 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 5043 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5044 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 5045 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 5046 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 5047 // or conversion function. 5048 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5049 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 5050 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5051 } 5052 } 5053 5054 if (isConstexpr) { 5055 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 5056 // are implicitly inline. 5057 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5058 5059 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 5060 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 5061 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 5062 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 5063 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 5064 } 5065 5066 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 5067 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5068 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5069 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 5070 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 5071 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5072 << 0 5073 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 5074 } else { 5075 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 5076 if (FunctionTemplate) 5077 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5078 } 5079 } 5080 5081 if (isFriend) { 5082 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 5083 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5084 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5085 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 5086 } 5087 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5088 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5089 } 5090 5091 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 5092 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 5093 case FDK_Declaration: 5094 case FDK_Definition: 5095 break; 5096 5097 case FDK_Defaulted: 5098 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 5099 break; 5100 5101 case FDK_Deleted: 5102 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 5103 break; 5104 } 5105 5106 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 5107 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5108 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 5109 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 5110 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 5111 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5112 } 5113 5114 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 5115 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5116 // C++ [class.static]p1: 5117 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 5118 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 5119 // the class. 5120 5121 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 5122 // member function definition. 5123 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5124 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5125 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5126 } 5127 } 5128 5129 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 5130 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 5131 isExplicitSpecialization || 5132 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 5133 5134 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5135 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 5136 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5137 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5138 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 5139 SE->getString())); 5140 } 5141 5142 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 5143 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 5144 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 5145 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 5146 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 5147 5148 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 5149 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 5150 // single void argument. 5151 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 5152 // already checks for that case. 5153 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 5154 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 5155 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 5156 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 5157 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 5158 5159 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 5160 // typedef of void is not permitted. 5161 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5162 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 5163 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 5164 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 5165 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 5166 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 5167 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 5168 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 5169 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 5170 << IsTypeAlias; 5171 } 5172 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 5173 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 5174 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 5175 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 5176 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 5177 Params.push_back(Param); 5178 5179 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 5180 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5181 } 5182 } 5183 5184 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5185 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 5186 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 5187 // parameters for use in the declaration. 5188 // 5189 // @code 5190 // typedef void fn(int); 5191 // fn f; 5192 // @endcode 5193 5194 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 5195 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 5196 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 5197 ParmVarDecl *Param = 5198 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 5199 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 5200 Params.push_back(Param); 5201 } 5202 } else { 5203 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 5204 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 5205 } 5206 5207 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 5208 NewFD->setParams(Params); 5209 5210 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 5211 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5212 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 5213 5214 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5215 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5216 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 5217 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5218 if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5219 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 5220 // because all functions have linkage. 5221 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 5222 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5223 } else { 5224 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5225 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5226 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5227 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5228 } 5229 } 5230 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5231 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5232 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5233 } else { 5234 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 5235 // argument list into our AST format. 5236 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5237 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 5238 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5239 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 5240 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 5241 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5242 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 5243 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 5244 TemplateId->NumArgs); 5245 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 5246 TemplateArgs); 5247 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 5248 5249 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5250 5251 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5252 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5253 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 5254 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 5255 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 5256 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5257 5258 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5259 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 5260 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5261 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 5262 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 5263 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 5264 // too few of them). 5265 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 5266 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 5267 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 5268 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 5269 "template<> "); 5270 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5271 } else { 5272 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 5273 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5274 } 5275 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5276 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 5277 // wrote something like: 5278 // template <> friend void foo(int); 5279 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 5280 // friend void foo<>(int); 5281 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 5282 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5283 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5284 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5285 } 5286 5287 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 5288 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 5289 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 5290 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 5291 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 5292 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 5293 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 5294 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 5295 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 5296 InstantiationDependent))) { 5297 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 5298 "friend function specialization without template args"); 5299 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 5300 Previous)) 5301 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5302 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5303 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 5304 && !isFriend) { 5305 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 5306 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt ? 5307 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 5308 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 5309 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 5310 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 5311 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 5312 Previous)) 5313 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5314 5315 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 5316 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 5317 // specialization (14.7.3) 5318 if (SC != SC_None) { 5319 if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 5320 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5321 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 5322 << SC 5323 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5324 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5325 5326 else 5327 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5328 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 5329 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5330 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5331 } 5332 5333 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 5334 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 5335 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5336 } 5337 5338 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5339 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 5340 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5341 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 5342 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 5343 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5344 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 5345 } else { 5346 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5347 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5348 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5349 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5350 } 5351 } 5352 5353 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5354 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5355 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5356 5357 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 5358 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 5359 : NewFD); 5360 5361 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 5362 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 5363 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5364 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 5365 5366 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 5367 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 5368 5369 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 5370 } 5371 5372 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 5373 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 5374 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 5375 5376 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 5377 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 5378 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5379 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 5380 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 5381 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 5382 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 5383 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 5384 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 5385 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 5386 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 5387 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 5388 DC && DC->isRecord() && 5389 DC->isDependentContext()) 5390 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5391 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 5392 } 5393 5394 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5395 // Ignore all the rest of this. 5396 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 5397 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 5398 AddToScope }; 5399 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 5400 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 5401 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5402 5403 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 5404 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5405 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 5406 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 5407 5408 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 5409 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 5410 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 5411 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 5412 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 5413 // can actually do this check immediately. 5414 if (isFriend && 5415 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 5416 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 5417 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 5418 // ignore these 5419 } else { 5420 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 5421 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 5422 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 5423 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 5424 // 5425 // class X { 5426 // void f() const; 5427 // }; 5428 // 5429 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 5430 // 5431 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 5432 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 5433 // whether the parameter types are references). 5434 5435 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 5436 NewFD, 5437 ExtraArgs)) { 5438 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 5439 return Result; 5440 } 5441 } 5442 5443 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 5444 // to something. 5445 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 5446 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 5447 NewFD, 5448 ExtraArgs)) { 5449 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 5450 return Result; 5451 } 5452 } 5453 5454 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 5455 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 5456 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 5457 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 5458 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5459 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 5460 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 5461 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 5462 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 5463 // generate them. 5464 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 5465 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5466 } 5467 } 5468 5469 5470 // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes 5471 // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). 5472 // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, 5473 // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. 5474 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5475 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 5476 5477 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 5478 // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging 5479 if (D.isRedeclaration() && Previous.isSingleResult()) { 5480 const FunctionDecl *Def; 5481 FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5482 if (PrevFD && PrevFD->isDefined(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) { 5483 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 5484 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5485 } 5486 } 5487 5488 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 5489 5490 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 5491 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5492 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5493 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 5494 << NewFD; 5495 5496 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 5497 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5498 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 5499 EPI.Variadic = true; 5500 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 5501 5502 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 5503 NewFD->setType(R); 5504 } 5505 5506 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 5507 // member, set the visibility of this function. 5508 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 5509 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 5510 5511 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 5512 // marking the function. 5513 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 5514 5515 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 5516 // map of such names. 5517 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 5518 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5519 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 5520 5521 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 5522 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 5523 5524 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5525 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5526 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5527 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5528 return FunctionTemplate; 5529 } 5530 } 5531 5532 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 5533 5534 if (getLangOptions().CUDA) 5535 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 5536 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 5537 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5538 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 5539 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 5540 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 5541 5542 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 5543 } 5544 } 5545 5546 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 5547 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 5548 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 5549 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 5550 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 5551 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 5552 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 5553 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)); 5554 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 5555 AddToScope = false; 5556 } 5557 5558 return NewFD; 5559} 5560 5561/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 5562/// 5563/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 5564/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 5565/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 5566/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 5567/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 5568/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 5569/// via InstantiateDecl). 5570/// 5571/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is 5572/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 5573/// 5574/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 5575/// 5576/// Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 5577bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 5578 LookupResult &Previous, 5579 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 5580 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 5581 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 5582 5583 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 5584 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 5585 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 5586 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 5587 // declaration with the same name. 5588 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 5589 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewFD->getDeclName()); 5590 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 5591 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 5592 } 5593 5594 bool Redeclaration = false; 5595 5596 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 5597 // the same name, if appropriate. 5598 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5599 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 5600 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 5601 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 5602 // function to the scope. 5603 5604 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 5605 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 5606 Redeclaration = true; 5607 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 5608 } else { 5609 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 5610 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 5611 case Ovl_Match: 5612 Redeclaration = true; 5613 break; 5614 5615 case Ovl_NonFunction: 5616 Redeclaration = true; 5617 break; 5618 5619 case Ovl_Overload: 5620 Redeclaration = false; 5621 break; 5622 } 5623 5624 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 5625 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 5626 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 5627 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 5628 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 5629 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 5630 if (Redeclaration) 5631 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 5632 else if (!Previous.empty()) 5633 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 5634 if (OverloadedDecl) 5635 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 5636 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 5637 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 5638 Context)); 5639 } 5640 } 5641 5642 if (Redeclaration) { 5643 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 5644 // merged. 5645 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) { 5646 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5647 return Redeclaration; 5648 } 5649 5650 Previous.clear(); 5651 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 5652 5653 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 5654 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 5655 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 5656 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 5657 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 5658 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 5659 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 5660 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 5661 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 5662 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 5663 } 5664 5665 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 5666 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 5667 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 5668 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 5669 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 5670 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 5671 } 5672 5673 } else { 5674 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 5675 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 5676 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 5677 } 5678 } 5679 } 5680 5681 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 5682 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5683 // C++-specific checks. 5684 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 5685 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 5686 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 5687 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 5688 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 5689 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 5690 5691 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 5692 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 5693 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 5694 DeclarationName Name 5695 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 5696 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 5697 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 5698 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 5699 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5700 return Redeclaration; 5701 } 5702 } 5703 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 5704 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 5705 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 5706 } 5707 5708 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 5709 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 5710 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 5711 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5712 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 5713 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 5714 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 5715 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual) 5716 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 5717 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator 5718 Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(), 5719 OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods(); 5720 Overridden != OverriddenEnd; 5721 ++Overridden) { 5722 Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(), 5723 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 5724 } 5725 } 5726 } 5727 } 5728 } 5729 5730 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 5731 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 5732 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 5733 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5734 return Redeclaration; 5735 } 5736 5737 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 5738 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 5739 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 5740 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5741 return Redeclaration; 5742 } 5743 5744 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 5745 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 5746 // during delayed parsing anyway. 5747 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 5748 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 5749 5750 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 5751 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 5752 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 5753 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 5754 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 5755 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 5756 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 5757 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 5758 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 5759 } 5760 } 5761 5762 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 5763 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 5764 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 5765 if (NewFD->isExternC()) { 5766 QualType R = NewFD->getResultType(); 5767 if (!R.isPODType(Context) && 5768 !R->isVoidType()) 5769 Diag( NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt ) 5770 << NewFD << R; 5771 } 5772 } 5773 return Redeclaration; 5774} 5775 5776void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 5777 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline, 5778 // static or constexpr is ill-formed. 5779 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 5780 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 5781 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 5782 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 5783 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOptions().CPlusPlus 5784 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 5785 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5786 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 5787 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 5788 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 5789 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 5790 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 5791 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 5792 FD->setConstexpr(false); 5793 } 5794 5795 QualType T = FD->getType(); 5796 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 5797 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 5798 5799 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. 5800 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 5801 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 5802 // set the flag which tells us that. 5803 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 5804 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 5805 5806 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 5807 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 5808 // implicit-return-zero rule. 5809 } else if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5810 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 5811 5812 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 5813 } else { 5814 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 5815 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5816 } 5817 5818 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 5819 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 5820 5821 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 5822 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 5823 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 5824 5825 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 5826 5827 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 5828 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 5829 // getting shifty. 5830 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 5831 HasExtraParameters = false; 5832 5833 if (HasExtraParameters) { 5834 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 5835 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5836 nparams = 3; 5837 } 5838 5839 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 5840 // if we had some location information about types. 5841 5842 QualType CharPP = 5843 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 5844 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 5845 5846 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 5847 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 5848 5849 bool mismatch = true; 5850 5851 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 5852 mismatch = false; 5853 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 5854 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 5855 // char const ** 5856 // char const * const * 5857 // char * const * 5858 5859 QualifierCollector qs; 5860 const PointerType* PT; 5861 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5862 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5863 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 5864 qs.removeConst(); 5865 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 5866 } 5867 } 5868 5869 if (mismatch) { 5870 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 5871 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 5872 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5873 } 5874 } 5875 5876 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5877 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 5878 } 5879 5880 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5881 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 5882 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5883 } 5884} 5885 5886bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 5887 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 5888 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 5889 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 5890 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 5891 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 5892 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 5893 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 5894 // rules there don't matter.) 5895 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 5896 return false; 5897 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 5898 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5899 return true; 5900} 5901 5902namespace { 5903 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 5904 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 5905 class SelfReferenceChecker 5906 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 5907 Sema &S; 5908 Decl *OrigDecl; 5909 bool isRecordType; 5910 bool isPODType; 5911 5912 public: 5913 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 5914 5915 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 5916 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 5917 isPODType = false; 5918 isRecordType = false; 5919 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 5920 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 5921 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 5922 } 5923 } 5924 5925 void VisitExpr(Expr *E) { 5926 if (isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(*E)) return; 5927 if (isRecordType) { 5928 Expr *expr = E; 5929 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) { 5930 ValueDecl *VD = ME->getMemberDecl(); 5931 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<VarDecl>(VD)) return; 5932 expr = ME->getBase(); 5933 } 5934 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(expr)) { 5935 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 5936 return; 5937 } 5938 } 5939 Inherited::VisitExpr(E); 5940 } 5941 5942 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 5943 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 5944 if (isa<FieldDecl>(E->getMemberDecl())) 5945 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE 5946 = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) { 5947 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 5948 return; 5949 } 5950 Inherited::VisitMemberExpr(E); 5951 } 5952 5953 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 5954 if ((!isRecordType &&E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) || 5955 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) { 5956 Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5957 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(SubExpr)) 5958 SubExpr = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5959 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)) { 5960 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 5961 return; 5962 } 5963 } 5964 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 5965 } 5966 5967 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 5968 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 5969 if (isRecordType && isPODType) return; 5970 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 5971 } 5972 5973 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 5974 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 5975 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 5976 LookupResult Result(S, DRE->getNameInfo(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 5977 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 5978 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 5979 S.PDiag(diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init) 5980 << Result.getLookupName() 5981 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 5982 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 5983 } 5984 }; 5985} 5986 5987/// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 5988void Sema::CheckSelfReference(Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E) { 5989 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, OrigDecl).VisitExpr(E); 5990} 5991 5992/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 5993/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 5994/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 5995void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 5996 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5997 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 5998 // the initializer. 5999 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6000 return; 6001 6002 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 6003 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 6004 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 6005 // Thus this grotesque test. 6006 IntegerLiteral *IL; 6007 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 6008 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 6009 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 6010 else { 6011 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 6012 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 6013 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 6014 } 6015 return; 6016 } 6017 6018 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 6019 if (!VDecl) { 6020 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 6021 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 6022 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6023 return; 6024 } 6025 6026 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 6027 // Variables declared within a function/method body are handled 6028 // by a dataflow analysis. 6029 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() && !VDecl->isStaticLocal()) 6030 CheckSelfReference(RealDecl, Init); 6031 6032 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 6033 6034 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 6035 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) { 6036 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 6037 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 6038 // contains exactly one expression. 6039 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6040 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 6041 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 6042 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 6043 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getSourceRange().getBegin(), 6044 diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 6045 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 6046 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 6047 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6048 return; 6049 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 6050 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getSourceRange().getBegin(), 6051 diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 6052 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 6053 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 6054 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6055 return; 6056 } else { 6057 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 6058 } 6059 } 6060 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 6061 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 6062 DAR_Failed) 6063 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 6064 if (!DeducedType) { 6065 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6066 return; 6067 } 6068 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 6069 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 6070 6071 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 6072 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 6073 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6074 6075 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 6076 // the previously declared type. 6077 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) 6078 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 6079 } 6080 6081 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 6082 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 6083 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 6084 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6085 return; 6086 } 6087 6088 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 6089 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 6090 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 6091 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 6092 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 6093 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 6094 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 6095 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 6096 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6097 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6098 return; 6099 } 6100 6101 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 6102 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 6103 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6104 AbstractVariableType)) 6105 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6106 } 6107 6108 const VarDecl *Def; 6109 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 6110 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 6111 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 6112 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6113 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6114 return; 6115 } 6116 6117 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 6118 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6119 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 6120 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 6121 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 6122 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 6123 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 6124 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 6125 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 6126 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 6127 // 6128 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 6129 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 6130 // declaration with an initializer. 6131 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 6132 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 6133 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 6134 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6135 return; 6136 } 6137 6138 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 6139 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6140 6141 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 6142 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6143 return; 6144 } 6145 } 6146 6147 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 6148 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 6149 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 6150 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 6151 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6152 return; 6153 } 6154 6155 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 6156 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 6157 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 6158 6159 // Perform the initialization. 6160 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 6161 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 6162 InitializationKind Kind 6163 = DirectInit ? 6164 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 6165 Init->getLocStart(), 6166 Init->getLocEnd()) 6167 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 6168 VDecl->getLocation()) 6169 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 6170 Init->getLocStart()); 6171 6172 Expr **Args = &Init; 6173 unsigned NumArgs = 1; 6174 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6175 Args = CXXDirectInit->getExprs(); 6176 NumArgs = CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs(); 6177 } 6178 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, NumArgs); 6179 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 6180 MultiExprArg(*this, Args,NumArgs), 6181 &DclT); 6182 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6183 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6184 return; 6185 } 6186 6187 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 6188 } 6189 6190 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 6191 // completed by the initializer. For example: 6192 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 6193 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 6194 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { 6195 VDecl->setType(DclT); 6196 Init->setType(DclT.getNonReferenceType()); 6197 } 6198 6199 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 6200 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 6201 6202 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6203 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 6204 6205 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 6206 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 6207 VDecl->setInit(Init); 6208 6209 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 6210 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 6211 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 6212 // C++ does not have this restriction. 6213 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 6214 VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6215 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 6216 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 6217 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 6218 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 6219 // 6220 // struct S { 6221 // static const int value = 17; 6222 // }; 6223 6224 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 6225 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 6226 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 6227 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 6228 // 6229 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 6230 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 6231 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 6232 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 6233 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 6234 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 6235 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 6236 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 6237 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 6238 6239 // Do nothing on dependent types. 6240 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 6241 6242 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 6243 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 6244 // type. 6245 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 6246 6247 // Require constness. 6248 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 6249 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 6250 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6251 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6252 6253 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 6254 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 6255 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 6256 SourceLocation Loc; 6257 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 6258 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 6259 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 6260 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 6261 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 6262 ; // Nothing to check. 6263 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 6264 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 6265 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 6266 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 6267 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 6268 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6269 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6270 } else { 6271 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 6272 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 6273 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6274 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6275 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6276 } 6277 6278 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 6279 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 6280 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 6281 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 6282 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) 6283 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 6284 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_constexpr) 6285 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 6286 6287 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 6288 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6289 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6290 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6291 } 6292 6293 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 6294 } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && DclT->isLiteralType()) { 6295 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 6296 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 6297 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 6298 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 6299 6300 } else { 6301 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 6302 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 6303 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6304 } 6305 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 6306 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 6307 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 6308 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 6309 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 6310 6311 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 6312 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6313 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 6314 } 6315 6316 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 6317 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 6318 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 6319 // 6320 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 6321 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 6322 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 6323 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 6324 // special case code. 6325 6326 // C++ 8.5p11: 6327 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 6328 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 6329 // class type. 6330 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6331 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 6332 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 6333 } else if (DirectInit) { 6334 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 6335 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 6336 } 6337 6338 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 6339} 6340 6341/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 6342/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 6343/// of sanity. 6344void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 6345 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 6346 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 6347 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 6348 6349 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 6350 if (!VD) return; 6351 6352 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 6353 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 6354 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6355 return; 6356 } 6357 6358 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 6359 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 6360 6361 // Require a complete type. 6362 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 6363 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 6364 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6365 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 6366 return; 6367 } 6368 6369 // Require an abstract type. 6370 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 6371 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6372 AbstractVariableType)) { 6373 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 6374 return; 6375 } 6376 6377 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 6378 // though. 6379} 6380 6381void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 6382 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6383 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 6384 if (RealDecl == 0) 6385 return; 6386 6387 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 6388 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 6389 6390 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 6391 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 6392 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 6393 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 6394 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6395 return; 6396 } 6397 6398 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 6399 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 6400 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 6401 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 6402 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 6403 // member. 6404 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 6405 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 6406 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 6407 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 6408 << Var->getDeclName(); 6409 else 6410 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 6411 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6412 return; 6413 } 6414 6415 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 6416 case VarDecl::Definition: 6417 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 6418 break; 6419 6420 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 6421 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 6422 // a declaration. 6423 // 6424 // Fall through 6425 6426 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 6427 // It's only a declaration. 6428 6429 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 6430 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 6431 // object shall be complete. 6432 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 6433 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 6434 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6435 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 6436 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6437 6438 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 6439 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 6440 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6441 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6442 AbstractVariableType)) 6443 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6444 return; 6445 6446 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 6447 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 6448 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 6449 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 6450 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 6451 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 6452 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 6453 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 6454 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 6455 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 6456 ArrayT->getElementType(), 6457 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 6458 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6459 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 6460 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 6461 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 6462 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 6463 // NOTE: code such as the following 6464 // static struct s; 6465 // struct s { int a; }; 6466 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 6467 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 6468 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 6469 if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0) 6470 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6471 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 6472 } 6473 } 6474 6475 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 6476 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 6477 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 6478 return; 6479 } 6480 6481 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 6482 // definitions with incomplete array type. 6483 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 6484 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 6485 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 6486 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6487 return; 6488 } 6489 6490 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 6491 // definitions with reference type. 6492 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 6493 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 6494 << Var->getDeclName() 6495 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 6496 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6497 return; 6498 } 6499 6500 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 6501 // variable with dependent type. 6502 if (Type->isDependentType()) 6503 return; 6504 6505 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 6506 return; 6507 6508 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 6509 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 6510 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6511 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6512 return; 6513 } 6514 6515 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 6516 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6517 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6518 AbstractVariableType)) { 6519 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6520 return; 6521 } 6522 6523 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 6524 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 6525 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 6526 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 6527 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 6528 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 6529 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 6530 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 6531 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 6532 // types and is declared without an initializer. 6533 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 6534 if (const RecordType *Record 6535 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6536 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 6537 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 6538 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 6539 // incompatibilities with C++98. 6540 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 6541 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6542 } 6543 } 6544 6545 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 6546 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 6547 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 6548 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 6549 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 6550 // type shall have a user-declared default 6551 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 6552 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 6553 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 6554 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 6555 // program is ill-formed. 6556 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 6557 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 6558 // default-initialized; [...]. 6559 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 6560 InitializationKind Kind 6561 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 6562 6563 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 6564 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 6565 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0)); 6566 if (Init.isInvalid()) 6567 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6568 else if (Init.get()) { 6569 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 6570 // This is important for template substitution. 6571 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 6572 } 6573 6574 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 6575 } 6576} 6577 6578void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 6579 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 6580 if (!VD) { 6581 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 6582 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6583 return; 6584 } 6585 6586 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 6587 6588 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 6589 int Error = -1; 6590 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 6591 case SC_None: 6592 break; 6593 case SC_Extern: 6594 Error = 0; 6595 break; 6596 case SC_Static: 6597 Error = 1; 6598 break; 6599 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6600 Error = 2; 6601 break; 6602 case SC_Auto: 6603 Error = 3; 6604 break; 6605 case SC_Register: 6606 Error = 4; 6607 break; 6608 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 6609 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 6610 } 6611 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 6612 Error = 5; 6613 if (Error != -1) { 6614 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 6615 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 6616 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6617 } 6618} 6619 6620void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 6621 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 6622 6623 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 6624 // local retaining variable. 6625 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && 6626 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 6627 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 6628 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 6629 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 6630 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 6631 break; 6632 6633 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 6634 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 6635 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6636 break; 6637 } 6638 } 6639 6640 // All the following checks are C++ only. 6641 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) return; 6642 6643 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType()); 6644 if (baseType->isDependentType()) return; 6645 6646 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 6647 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6648 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 6649 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 6650 6651 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 6652 // constructing this copy. 6653 QualType type = var->getType(); 6654 6655 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 6656 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 6657 Expr *varRef = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, type, VK_LValue, poi); 6658 ExprResult result = 6659 PerformCopyInitialization( 6660 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 6661 poi, Owned(varRef)); 6662 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 6663 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 6664 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 6665 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 6666 } 6667 } 6668 } 6669 6670 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 6671 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 6672 6673 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && Init) { 6674 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 6675 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 6676 var->getLocation()) 6677 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored && 6678 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 6679 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 6680 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6681 6682 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 6683 llvm::SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 6684 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 6685 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 6686 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 6687 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 6688 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 6689 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 6690 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 6691 Notes.clear(); 6692 } 6693 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 6694 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 6695 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 6696 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 6697 } 6698 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions()) { 6699 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 6700 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 6701 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 6702 var->checkInitIsICE(); 6703 } 6704 } 6705 6706 // Require the destructor. 6707 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 6708 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 6709} 6710 6711/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 6712/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 6713void 6714Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 6715 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 6716 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 6717} 6718 6719Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 6720Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 6721 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 6722 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 6723 6724 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 6725 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 6726 6727 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 6728 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 6729 Decls.push_back(D); 6730 6731 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 6732 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 6733} 6734 6735/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 6736/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 6737Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 6738Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 6739 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6740 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 6741 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 6742 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 6743 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 6744 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 6745 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 6746 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 6747 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 6748 QualType Deduced; 6749 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 6750 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 6751 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 6752 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 6753 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 6754 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 6755 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 6756 break; 6757 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 6758 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 6759 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 6760 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 6761 Deduced = U; 6762 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 6763 DeducedDecl = D; 6764 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 6765 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 6766 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 6767 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 6768 << U << D->getDeclName() 6769 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 6770 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 6771 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6772 break; 6773 } 6774 } 6775 } 6776 } 6777 } 6778 6779 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 6780} 6781 6782 6783/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 6784/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 6785Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 6786 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 6787 6788 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 6789 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 6790 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 6791 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 6792 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 6793 StorageClass = SC_Register; 6794 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 6795 } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6796 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 6797 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 6798 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Auto; 6799 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 6800 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6801 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 6802 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 6803 } 6804 6805 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 6806 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 6807 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 6808 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 6809 << 0; 6810 6811 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 6812 6813 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 6814 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 6815 6816 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6817 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 6818 // parameter. 6819 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 6820 6821 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6822 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6823 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 6824 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6825 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 6826 } 6827 } 6828 6829 // Ensure we have a valid name 6830 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 6831 if (D.hasName()) { 6832 II = D.getIdentifier(); 6833 if (!II) { 6834 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 6835 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 6836 D.setInvalidType(true); 6837 } 6838 } 6839 6840 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 6841 if (II) { 6842 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 6843 ForRedeclaration); 6844 LookupName(R, S); 6845 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 6846 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6847 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 6848 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6849 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 6850 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6851 PrevDecl = 0; 6852 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 6853 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 6854 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6855 6856 // Recover by removing the name 6857 II = 0; 6858 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6859 D.setInvalidType(true); 6860 } 6861 } 6862 } 6863 6864 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 6865 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 6866 // looking like class members in C++. 6867 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6868 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 6869 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 6870 parmDeclType, TInfo, 6871 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 6872 6873 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6874 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6875 6876 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 6877 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 6878 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 6879 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 6880 6881 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 6882 S->AddDecl(New); 6883 if (II) 6884 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 6885 6886 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 6887 6888 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 6889 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6890 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 6891 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6892 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6893 6894 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6895 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6896 } 6897 return New; 6898} 6899 6900/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 6901/// typedef. 6902ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 6903 SourceLocation Loc, 6904 QualType T) { 6905 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 6906 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 6907 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 6908 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 6909 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 6910 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 6911 Param->setImplicit(); 6912 return Param; 6913} 6914 6915void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 6916 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 6917 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 6918 // will already have done so in the template itself. 6919 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 6920 return; 6921 6922 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 6923 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 6924 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 6925 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 6926 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 6927 } 6928 } 6929} 6930 6931void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 6932 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 6933 QualType ReturnTy, 6934 NamedDecl *D) { 6935 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 6936 return; 6937 6938 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 6939 // threshold. 6940 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 6941 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 6942 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 6943 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 6944 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 6945 } 6946 6947 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 6948 // threshold. 6949 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 6950 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 6951 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 6952 continue; 6953 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 6954 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 6955 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 6956 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 6957 } 6958} 6959 6960ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 6961 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 6962 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6963 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 6964 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 6965 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 6966 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && 6967 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 6968 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 6969 6970 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 6971 6972 // Special cases for arrays: 6973 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 6974 // - otherwise, it's an error 6975 if (T->isArrayType()) { 6976 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 6977 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 6978 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 6979 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 6980 } 6981 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 6982 } else { 6983 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 6984 } 6985 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 6986 } 6987 6988 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 6989 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 6990 TSInfo, 6991 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 6992 0); 6993 6994 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 6995 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6996 // the class has been completely parsed. 6997 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 6998 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6999 AbstractParamType)) 7000 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7001 7002 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 7003 // passed by reference. 7004 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 7005 Diag(NameLoc, 7006 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 7007 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, "*"); 7008 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 7009 New->setType(T); 7010 } 7011 7012 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 7013 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 7014 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 7015 // an address space. 7016 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 7017 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 7018 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7019 } 7020 7021 return New; 7022} 7023 7024void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 7025 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 7026 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7027 7028 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 7029 // for a K&R function. 7030 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 7031 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 7032 --i; 7033 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 7034 SmallString<256> Code; 7035 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 7036 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 7037 << ";\n"; 7038 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 7039 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 7040 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 7041 7042 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 7043 // type. 7044 AttributeFactory attrs; 7045 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 7046 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 7047 unsigned DiagID; // unused 7048 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 7049 PrevSpec, DiagID); 7050 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 7051 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 7052 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 7053 } 7054 } 7055 } 7056} 7057 7058Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 7059 Declarator &D) { 7060 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 7061 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 7062 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 7063 7064 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 7065 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 7066 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this)); 7067 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 7068} 7069 7070static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7071 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 7072 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7073 return false; 7074 7075 // Or declarations that aren't global. 7076 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 7077 return false; 7078 7079 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 7080 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 7081 return false; 7082 7083 // Don't warn about 'main'. 7084 if (FD->isMain()) 7085 return false; 7086 7087 // Don't warn about inline functions. 7088 if (FD->isInlined()) 7089 return false; 7090 7091 // Don't warn about function templates. 7092 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 7093 return false; 7094 7095 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 7096 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 7097 return false; 7098 7099 bool MissingPrototype = true; 7100 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 7101 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 7102 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 7103 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 7104 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 7105 continue; 7106 7107 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 7108 break; 7109 } 7110 7111 return MissingPrototype; 7112} 7113 7114void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 7115 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 7116 // was an extern inline function. 7117 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 7118 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 7119 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) { 7120 if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 7121 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 7122 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 7123 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 7124 else 7125 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 7126 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7127 } 7128} 7129 7130Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 7131 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 7132 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 7133 7134 if (!D) 7135 return D; 7136 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 7137 7138 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 7139 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 7140 else 7141 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 7142 7143 // Enter a new function scope 7144 PushFunctionScope(); 7145 7146 // See if this is a redefinition. 7147 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 7148 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 7149 7150 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 7151 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 7152 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 7153 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 7154 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7155 } 7156 } 7157 7158 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 7159 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 7160 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 7161 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 7162 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 7163 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 7164 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 7165 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7166 7167 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 7168 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 7169 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 7170 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 7171 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 7172 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 7173 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 7174 7175 if (FnBodyScope) 7176 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 7177 7178 // Check the validity of our function parameters 7179 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 7180 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 7181 7182 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 7183 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 7184 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 7185 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 7186 7187 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 7188 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 7189 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 7190 7191 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 7192 } 7193 } 7194 7195 // Checking attributes of current function definition 7196 // dllimport attribute. 7197 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 7198 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 7199 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 7200 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 7201 if (!DA->isInherited() && 7202 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 7203 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7204 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 7205 << "dllimport"; 7206 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7207 return FD; 7208 } 7209 7210 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 7211 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 7212 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 7213 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 7214 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 7215 // emitted. 7216 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7217 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 7218 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 7219 } 7220 } 7221 return FD; 7222} 7223 7224/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 7225/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 7226/// optimization. 7227/// 7228/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 7229/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 7230/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 7231/// use the named return value optimization. 7232/// 7233/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 7234/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 7235/// the NRVO variable. 7236/// 7237/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 7238/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 7239/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 7240void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 7241 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 7242 7243 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 7244 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 7245 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 7246 return; 7247 7248 if (!NRVOCandidate) 7249 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 7250 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 7251 return; 7252 } 7253 7254 if (NRVOCandidate) 7255 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 7256} 7257 7258Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 7259 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); 7260} 7261 7262Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 7263 bool IsInstantiation) { 7264 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 7265 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 7266 if (FunTmpl) 7267 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 7268 else 7269 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 7270 7271 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 7272 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 7273 7274 if (FD) { 7275 FD->setBody(Body); 7276 7277 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 7278 // don't complain about missing return statements. 7279 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 7280 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 7281 7282 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 7283 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 7284 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure()) 7285 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 7286 7287 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7288 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 7289 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 7290 FD->getResultType(), FD); 7291 7292 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 7293 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 7294 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 7295 7296 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 7297 } 7298 7299 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 7300 "Function parsing confused"); 7301 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 7302 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 7303 MD->setBody(Body); 7304 if (Body) 7305 MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd()); 7306 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7307 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 7308 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 7309 MD->getResultType(), MD); 7310 7311 if (Body) 7312 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 7313 } 7314 if (ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc) { 7315 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_dealloc); 7316 ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc = false; 7317 } 7318 if (ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize) { 7319 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_finalize); 7320 ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize = false; 7321 } 7322 } else { 7323 return 0; 7324 } 7325 7326 assert(!ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc && "This should only be set for " 7327 "ObjC methods, which should have been handled in the block above."); 7328 assert(!ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize && "This should only be set for " 7329 "ObjC methods, which should have been handled in the block above."); 7330 7331 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 7332 if (Body) { 7333 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 7334 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 7335 // Verify this. 7336 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 7337 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 7338 7339 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 7340 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 7341 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 7342 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction()) 7343 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 7344 7345 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 7346 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 7347 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 7348 7349 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 7350 Destructor->getParent()); 7351 } 7352 7353 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 7354 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 7355 // deletion in some later function. 7356 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 7357 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 7358 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 7359 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 7360 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 7361 // enabled. 7362 ActivePolicy = &WP; 7363 } 7364 7365 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 7366 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 7367 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 7368 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7369 7370 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 7371 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 7372 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 7373 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 7374 } 7375 7376 if (!IsInstantiation) 7377 PopDeclContext(); 7378 7379 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 7380 7381 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 7382 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 7383 // deletion in some later function. 7384 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 7385 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 7386 } 7387 7388 return dcl; 7389} 7390 7391 7392/// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 7393/// relevant Decl. 7394void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 7395 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 7396 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 7397 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 7398 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 7399 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 7400} 7401 7402 7403/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 7404/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 7405NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 7406 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 7407 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 7408 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 7409 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 7410 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 7411 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 7412 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(&II); 7413 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 7414 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 7415 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7416 return Pos->second; 7417 } 7418 7419 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 7420 unsigned diag_id; 7421 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 7422 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 7423 else if (getLangOptions().C99) 7424 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 7425 else 7426 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 7427 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 7428 7429 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 7430 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 7431 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 7432 TypoCorrection Corrected; 7433 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 7434 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 7435 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) { 7436 std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOptions()); 7437 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOptions()); 7438 FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>(); 7439 7440 Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr 7441 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr); 7442 7443 if (Func->getLocation().isValid() 7444 && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 7445 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 7446 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 7447 } 7448 } 7449 7450 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 7451 const char *Dummy; 7452 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 7453 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 7454 unsigned DiagID; 7455 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 7456 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 7457 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 7458 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 7459 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, 7460 0, 0, true, SourceLocation(), 7461 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 7462 SourceLocation(), 7463 EST_None, SourceLocation(), 7464 0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D), 7465 DS.getAttributes(), 7466 SourceLocation()); 7467 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 7468 7469 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 7470 7471 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 7472 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 7473 7474 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 7475 FD->setImplicit(); 7476 7477 CurContext = PrevDC; 7478 7479 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 7480 7481 return FD; 7482} 7483 7484/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 7485/// the declaration of this function. 7486/// 7487/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 7488/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 7489/// like NSLog or printf. 7490/// 7491/// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 7492/// attributes are applied to declarations. 7493void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 7494 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7495 return; 7496 7497 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 7498 // actual attributes. 7499 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 7500 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 7501 unsigned FormatIdx; 7502 bool HasVAListArg; 7503 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 7504 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 7505 const char *fmt = "printf"; 7506 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 7507 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 7508 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 7509 fmt = "NSString"; 7510 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 7511 fmt, FormatIdx+1, 7512 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 7513 } 7514 } 7515 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 7516 HasVAListArg)) { 7517 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 7518 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 7519 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 7520 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 7521 } 7522 7523 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 7524 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 7525 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 7526 if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && 7527 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 7528 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 7529 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 7530 } 7531 7532 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 7533 !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 7534 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 7535 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 7536 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 7537 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 7538 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 7539 } 7540 7541 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 7542 if (!Name) 7543 return; 7544 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7545 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 7546 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 7547 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 7548 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 7549 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 7550 // about. 7551 } else 7552 return; 7553 7554 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 7555 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 7556 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 7557 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 7558 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 7559 "printf", 2, 7560 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 7561 } 7562} 7563 7564TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 7565 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 7566 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 7567 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 7568 7569 if (!TInfo) { 7570 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 7571 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 7572 } 7573 7574 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 7575 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 7576 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 7577 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7578 D.getIdentifier(), 7579 TInfo); 7580 7581 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 7582 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 7583 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 7584 return NewTD; 7585 } 7586 7587 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7588 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 7589 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 7590 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 7591 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 7592 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 7593 else 7594 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 7595 } 7596 7597 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 7598 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 7599 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 7600 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 7601 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 7602 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 7603 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 7604 case TST_enum: 7605 case TST_struct: 7606 case TST_union: 7607 case TST_class: { 7608 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 7609 7610 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 7611 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 7612 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 7613 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 7614 7615 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 7616 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 7617 7618 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 7619 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 7620 break; 7621 7622 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 7623 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 7624 break; 7625 } 7626 7627 default: 7628 break; 7629 } 7630 7631 return NewTD; 7632} 7633 7634 7635/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 7636/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 7637/// 7638/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 7639bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 7640 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 7641 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 7642 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 7643 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 7644 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 7645 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 7646 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 7647 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 7648 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 7649 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 7650 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 7651 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 7652 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 7653 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 7654 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 7655 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 7656 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 7657 if (!isDefinition || (NewTag != TTK_Class && NewTag != TTK_Struct)) 7658 if (OldTag == NewTag) 7659 return true; 7660 7661 if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) && 7662 (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) { 7663 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 7664 bool isTemplate = false; 7665 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 7666 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 7667 7668 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 7669 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 7670 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 7671 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 7672 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name; 7673 return true; 7674 } 7675 7676 if (isDefinition) { 7677 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 7678 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 7679 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 7680 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 7681 return true; 7682 } 7683 7684 bool previousMismatch = false; 7685 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 7686 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 7687 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 7688 if (!previousMismatch) { 7689 previousMismatch = true; 7690 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 7691 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name; 7692 } 7693 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 7694 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 7695 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 7696 NewTag == TTK_Class? 7697 "class" : "struct"); 7698 } 7699 } 7700 return true; 7701 } 7702 7703 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 7704 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 7705 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 7706 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 7707 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 7708 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 7709 return true; 7710 } 7711 7712 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 7713 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 7714 << isTemplate << &Name; 7715 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7716 7717 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 7718 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 7719 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 7720 << (Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class) 7721 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 7722 Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct"); 7723 } 7724 7725 return true; 7726 } 7727 return false; 7728} 7729 7730/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 7731/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 7732/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 7733/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 7734Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 7735 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7736 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 7737 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 7738 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 7739 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 7740 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 7741 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 7742 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 7743 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 7744 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 7745 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 7746 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 7747 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 7748 7749 OwnedDecl = false; 7750 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 7751 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 7752 7753 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 7754 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7755 bool Invalid = false; 7756 7757 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 7758 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 7759 // for non-C++ cases. 7760 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 7761 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 7762 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 7763 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 7764 TemplateParameterLists.get(), 7765 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 7766 TUK == TUK_Friend, 7767 isExplicitSpecialization, 7768 Invalid)) { 7769 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7770 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 7771 // be a member of another template). 7772 7773 if (Invalid) 7774 return 0; 7775 7776 OwnedDecl = false; 7777 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 7778 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 7779 TemplateParams, AS, 7780 ModulePrivateLoc, 7781 TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1, 7782 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 7783 return Result.get(); 7784 } else { 7785 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 7786 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 7787 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 7788 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 7789 } 7790 } 7791 } 7792 7793 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 7794 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 7795 // redeclaration. 7796 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 7797 7798 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 7799 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 7800 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 7801 // type, default to int. 7802 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 7803 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 7804 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 7805 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 7806 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 7807 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 7808 EnumUnderlying = TI; 7809 7810 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 7811 7812 if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegralType(Context)) { 7813 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) 7814 << T; 7815 // Recover by falling back to int. 7816 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 7817 } 7818 7819 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(UnderlyingLoc, TI, 7820 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 7821 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 7822 7823 } else if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftMode) 7824 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 7825 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 7826 } 7827 7828 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 7829 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 7830 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 7831 7832 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 7833 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 7834 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 7835 7836 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 7837 7838 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 7839 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 7840 7841 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 7842 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 7843 Name = 0; 7844 goto CreateNewDecl; 7845 } 7846 7847 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 7848 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 7849 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 7850 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 7851 if (!DC) { 7852 IsDependent = true; 7853 return 0; 7854 } 7855 } else { 7856 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 7857 if (!DC) { 7858 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 7859 << SS.getRange(); 7860 return 0; 7861 } 7862 } 7863 7864 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 7865 return 0; 7866 7867 SearchDC = DC; 7868 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 7869 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 7870 7871 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 7872 return 0; 7873 7874 if (Previous.empty()) { 7875 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 7876 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 7877 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 7878 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 7879 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 7880 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 7881 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 7882 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 7883 IsDependent = true; 7884 return 0; 7885 } 7886 7887 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 7888 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 7889 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 7890 Name = 0; 7891 Invalid = true; 7892 goto CreateNewDecl; 7893 } 7894 } else if (Name) { 7895 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 7896 // declaration or definition. 7897 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 7898 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 7899 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 7900 LookupName(Previous, S); 7901 7902 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 7903 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 7904 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 7905 while (F.hasNext()) { 7906 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 7907 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 7908 F.erase(); 7909 } 7910 F.done(); 7911 } 7912 7913 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 7914 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 7915 return 0; 7916 7917 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 7918 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 7919 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 7920 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 7921 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 7922 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 7923 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 7924 } 7925 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 7926 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 7927 // initial context to the translation unit. 7928 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 7929 } 7930 7931 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 7932 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 7933 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7934 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 7935 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7936 Previous.clear(); 7937 } 7938 7939 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 7940 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 7941 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 7942 isStdBadAlloc = true; 7943 7944 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 7945 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 7946 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 7947 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 7948 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 7949 } 7950 } 7951 7952 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 7953 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 7954 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 7955 // there's a shadow friend decl. 7956 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 7957 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 7958 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 7959 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 7960 7961 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 7962 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 7963 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 7964 // 7965 // class-key identifier 7966 // 7967 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 7968 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 7969 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 7970 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 7971 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 7972 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 7973 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 7974 // declaration. 7975 // 7976 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 7977 // C structs and unions. 7978 // 7979 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 7980 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 7981 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 7982 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 7983 // 7984 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 7985 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 7986 // 7987 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 7988 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 7989 // lexical context, 7990 while (SearchDC->isRecord() || SearchDC->isTransparentContext() || 7991 SearchDC->isObjCContainer()) 7992 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 7993 7994 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 7995 while (S->isClassScope() || 7996 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7997 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 7998 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 7999 (S->getEntity() && 8000 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 8001 S = S->getParent(); 8002 } else { 8003 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 8004 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 8005 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 8006 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 8007 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 8008 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 8009 } 8010 8011 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 8012 // diagnose some problems. 8013 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8014 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 8015 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 8016 } 8017 } 8018 8019 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8020 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 8021 8022 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 8023 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 8024 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 8025 // in C++. 8026 // 8027 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 8028 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 8029 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 8030 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 8031 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8032 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8033 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 8034 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 8035 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 8036 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 8037 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 8038 PrevDecl = Tag; 8039 Previous.clear(); 8040 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 8041 Previous.resolveKind(); 8042 } 8043 } 8044 } 8045 } 8046 8047 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8048 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 8049 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 8050 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 8051 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 8052 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 8053 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 8054 // struct or something similar. 8055 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 8056 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 8057 *Name)) { 8058 bool SafeToContinue 8059 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 8060 Kind != TTK_Enum); 8061 if (SafeToContinue) 8062 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 8063 << Name 8064 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 8065 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 8066 else 8067 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 8068 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8069 8070 if (SafeToContinue) 8071 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 8072 else { 8073 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 8074 Name = 0; 8075 Previous.clear(); 8076 Invalid = true; 8077 } 8078 } 8079 8080 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 8081 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 8082 8083 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 8084 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 8085 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 8086 if (ScopedEnum) 8087 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 8088 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 8089 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 8090 return PrevTagDecl; 8091 } 8092 8093 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 8094 // returning the previous declaration. 8095 if (ScopedEnum != PrevEnum->isScoped()) { 8096 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 8097 << PrevEnum->isScoped(); 8098 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8099 return PrevTagDecl; 8100 } 8101 else if (EnumUnderlying && PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 8102 QualType T; 8103 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 8104 T = TI->getType(); 8105 else 8106 T = QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0); 8107 8108 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, 8109 PrevEnum->getIntegerType())) { 8110 Diag(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 8111 diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 8112 << T 8113 << PrevEnum->getIntegerType(); 8114 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8115 return PrevTagDecl; 8116 } 8117 } 8118 else if (!EnumUnderlying.isNull() != PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 8119 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 8120 << PrevEnum->isFixed(); 8121 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8122 return PrevTagDecl; 8123 } 8124 } 8125 8126 if (!Invalid) { 8127 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 8128 8129 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 8130 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 8131 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 8132 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 8133 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 8134 getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 8135 return PrevTagDecl; 8136 8137 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 8138 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 8139 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 8140 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 8141 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 8142 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 8143 if (!isExplicitSpecialization || 8144 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) || 8145 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 8146 == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) { 8147 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 8148 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8149 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 8150 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 8151 // references get the previous definition. 8152 Name = 0; 8153 Previous.clear(); 8154 Invalid = true; 8155 } 8156 } else { 8157 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 8158 // about a nested redefinition. 8159 const TagType *Tag 8160 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 8161 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 8162 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 8163 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 8164 diag::note_previous_definition); 8165 Name = 0; 8166 Previous.clear(); 8167 Invalid = true; 8168 } 8169 } 8170 8171 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 8172 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 8173 } 8174 } 8175 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 8176 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 8177 8178 } else { 8179 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 8180 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 8181 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 8182 // have distinct types. 8183 Previous.clear(); 8184 } 8185 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 8186 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 8187 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 8188 8189 8190 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 8191 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 8192 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 8193 } else { 8194 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 8195 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 8196 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 8197 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 8198 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 8199 unsigned Kind = 0; 8200 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 8201 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 8202 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 8203 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 8204 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 8205 Invalid = true; 8206 8207 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 8208 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 8209 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 8210 // do nothing 8211 8212 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 8213 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 8214 unsigned Kind = 0; 8215 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 8216 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 8217 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 8218 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 8219 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 8220 Invalid = true; 8221 8222 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 8223 // case here. 8224 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8225 unsigned Kind = 0; 8226 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 8227 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 8228 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 8229 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 8230 Invalid = true; 8231 8232 // Otherwise, diagnose. 8233 } else { 8234 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 8235 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 8236 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 8237 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8238 Name = 0; 8239 Invalid = true; 8240 } 8241 8242 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 8243 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 8244 Previous.clear(); 8245 } 8246 } 8247 8248CreateNewDecl: 8249 8250 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 8251 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 8252 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 8253 8254 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 8255 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 8256 // keyword. 8257 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 8258 8259 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 8260 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 8261 // PrevDecl. 8262 TagDecl *New; 8263 8264 bool IsForwardReference = false; 8265 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 8266 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 8267 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 8268 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 8269 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 8270 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 8271 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 8272 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 8273 TagDecl *Def; 8274 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 8275 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 8276 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 8277 } 8278 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 8279 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 8280 << New; 8281 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8282 } else { 8283 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 8284 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftMode) 8285 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 8286 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8287 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 8288 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 8289 8290 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 8291 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 8292 // the declaration context. 8293 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 8294 IsForwardReference = true; 8295 } 8296 } 8297 8298 if (EnumUnderlying) { 8299 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 8300 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 8301 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 8302 else 8303 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 8304 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 8305 } 8306 8307 } else { 8308 // struct/union/class 8309 8310 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 8311 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 8312 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8313 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 8314 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 8315 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 8316 8317 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 8318 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 8319 } else 8320 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 8321 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 8322 } 8323 8324 // Maybe add qualifier info. 8325 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 8326 if (SS.isSet()) { 8327 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 8328 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 8329 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 8330 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 8331 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 8332 } 8333 } 8334 else 8335 Invalid = true; 8336 } 8337 8338 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 8339 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 8340 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 8341 // 8342 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 8343 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 8344 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 8345 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 8346 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 8347 // parsing of the struct). 8348 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 8349 8350 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 8351 } 8352 8353 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 8354 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 8355 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 8356 << 2 8357 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 8358 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 8359 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 8360 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 8361 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8362 New->setModulePrivate(); 8363 } 8364 8365 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 8366 // check the specialization. 8367 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 8368 Invalid = true; 8369 8370 if (Invalid) 8371 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8372 8373 if (Attr) 8374 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 8375 8376 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 8377 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 8378 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8379 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 8380 8381 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 8382 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 8383 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8384 8385 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 8386 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 8387 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 8388 // the tag name visible. 8389 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 8390 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 8391 getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt); 8392 8393 // Set the access specifier. 8394 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 8395 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 8396 8397 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 8398 New->startDefinition(); 8399 8400 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 8401 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 8402 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 8403 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 8404 if (PrevDecl) 8405 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 8406 8407 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 8408 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 8409 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 8410 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 8411 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 8412 } else if (Name) { 8413 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 8414 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 8415 if (IsForwardReference) 8416 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 8417 8418 } else { 8419 CurContext->addDecl(New); 8420 } 8421 8422 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 8423 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 8424 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 8425 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 8426 II->isStr("FILE")) 8427 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 8428 8429 OwnedDecl = true; 8430 return New; 8431} 8432 8433void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 8434 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 8435 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 8436 8437 // Enter the tag context. 8438 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 8439} 8440 8441Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 8442 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 8443 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 8444 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 8445 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 8446 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 8447 CurContext = OCD; 8448 return IDecl; 8449} 8450 8451void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 8452 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 8453 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 8454 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 8455 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 8456 8457 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 8458 8459 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 8460 return; 8461 8462 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 8463 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 8464 8465 // C++ [class]p2: 8466 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 8467 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 8468 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 8469 // as if it were a public member name. 8470 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 8471 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 8472 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 8473 Record->getIdentifier(), 8474 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 8475 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 8476 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 8477 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 8478 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 8479 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 8480 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 8481 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 8482 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 8483 "Broken injected-class-name"); 8484} 8485 8486void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 8487 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 8488 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 8489 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 8490 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 8491 8492 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 8493 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 8494 8495 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 8496 PopDeclContext(); 8497 8498 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 8499 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 8500} 8501 8502void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 8503 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 8504 PopDeclContext(); 8505} 8506 8507void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 8508 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 8509 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 8510 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 8511} 8512 8513void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 8514 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 8515 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 8516} 8517 8518void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 8519 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 8520 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 8521 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 8522 8523 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 8524 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 8525 // the FieldCollector. 8526 8527 PopDeclContext(); 8528} 8529 8530// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 8531ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 8532 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 8533 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 8534 bool *ZeroWidth) { 8535 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 8536 if (ZeroWidth) 8537 *ZeroWidth = true; 8538 8539 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 8540 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 8541 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 8542 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 8543 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 8544 return ExprError(); 8545 if (FieldName) 8546 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 8547 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 8548 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 8549 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 8550 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 8551 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 8552 return ExprError(); 8553 8554 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 8555 // it now. 8556 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 8557 return Owned(BitWidth); 8558 8559 llvm::APSInt Value; 8560 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 8561 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 8562 return ICE; 8563 BitWidth = ICE.take(); 8564 8565 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 8566 *ZeroWidth = false; 8567 8568 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 8569 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 8570 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 8571 8572 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 8573 if (FieldName) 8574 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 8575 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 8576 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 8577 << Value.toString(10); 8578 } 8579 8580 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 8581 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 8582 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 8583 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8584 if (FieldName) 8585 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 8586 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 8587 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 8588 8589 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 8590 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 8591 } 8592 8593 if (FieldName) 8594 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 8595 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 8596 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 8597 else 8598 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 8599 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 8600 } 8601 } 8602 8603 return Owned(BitWidth); 8604} 8605 8606/// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 8607/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 8608Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 8609 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 8610 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 8611 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 8612 /*HasInit=*/false, AS_public); 8613 return Res; 8614} 8615 8616/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 8617/// 8618FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 8619 SourceLocation DeclStart, 8620 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit, 8621 AccessSpecifier AS) { 8622 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 8623 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 8624 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 8625 8626 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 8627 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 8628 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8629 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 8630 8631 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 8632 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 8633 D.setInvalidType(); 8634 T = Context.IntTy; 8635 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 8636 } 8637 } 8638 8639 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 8640 8641 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 8642 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 8643 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 8644 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 8645 << 2; 8646 8647 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 8648 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 8649 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 8650 LookupName(Previous, S); 8651 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 8652 case LookupResult::Found: 8653 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 8654 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 8655 break; 8656 8657 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 8658 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8659 break; 8660 8661 case LookupResult::NotFound: 8662 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 8663 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 8664 break; 8665 } 8666 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 8667 8668 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 8669 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8670 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 8671 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8672 PrevDecl = 0; 8673 } 8674 8675 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 8676 PrevDecl = 0; 8677 8678 bool Mutable 8679 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 8680 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8681 FieldDecl *NewFD 8682 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, HasInit, 8683 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 8684 8685 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8686 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 8687 8688 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 8689 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 8690 8691 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 8692 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 8693 // with the same name in the same scope. 8694 } else if (II) { 8695 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 8696 } else 8697 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 8698 8699 return NewFD; 8700} 8701 8702/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 8703/// 8704/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 8705/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 8706/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 8707/// created. 8708/// 8709/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 8710/// 8711/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 8712FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 8713 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 8714 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 8715 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit, 8716 SourceLocation TSSL, 8717 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 8718 Declarator *D) { 8719 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 8720 bool InvalidDecl = false; 8721 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 8722 8723 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 8724 // marking this declaration as invalid. 8725 if (T.isNull()) { 8726 InvalidDecl = true; 8727 T = Context.IntTy; 8728 } 8729 8730 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 8731 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && 8732 RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 8733 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 8734 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 8735 InvalidDecl = true; 8736 } 8737 8738 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 8739 // than a variably modified type. 8740 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8741 bool SizeIsNegative; 8742 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 8743 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 8744 SizeIsNegative, 8745 Oversized); 8746 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 8747 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 8748 T = FixedTy; 8749 } else { 8750 if (SizeIsNegative) 8751 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 8752 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 8753 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 8754 << Oversized.toString(10); 8755 else 8756 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 8757 InvalidDecl = true; 8758 } 8759 } 8760 8761 // Fields can not have abstract class types 8762 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 8763 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8764 AbstractFieldType)) 8765 InvalidDecl = true; 8766 8767 bool ZeroWidth = false; 8768 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 8769 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 8770 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take(); 8771 if (!BitWidth) { 8772 InvalidDecl = true; 8773 BitWidth = 0; 8774 ZeroWidth = false; 8775 } 8776 } 8777 8778 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 8779 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 8780 unsigned DiagID = 0; 8781 if (T->isReferenceType()) 8782 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 8783 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 8784 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 8785 8786 if (DiagID) { 8787 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 8788 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 8789 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 8790 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 8791 Mutable = false; 8792 InvalidDecl = true; 8793 } 8794 } 8795 8796 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 8797 BitWidth, Mutable, HasInit); 8798 if (InvalidDecl) 8799 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8800 8801 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8802 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 8803 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8804 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8805 } 8806 8807 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8808 if (Record->isUnion()) { 8809 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8810 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 8811 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 8812 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 8813 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 8814 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 8815 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 8816 // objects. 8817 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 8818 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8819 } 8820 } 8821 8822 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 8823 // the program is ill-formed. 8824 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 8825 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 8826 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 8827 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8828 } 8829 } 8830 } 8831 8832 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 8833 // representation, not a parser representation. 8834 if (D) 8835 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 8836 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 8837 8838 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 8839 // retainable type. 8840 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 8841 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8842 8843 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 8844 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 8845 8846 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 8847 return NewFD; 8848} 8849 8850bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 8851 assert(FD); 8852 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 8853 8854 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 8855 return true; 8856 8857 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 8858 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8859 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 8860 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 8861 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 8862 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 8863 // copy constructors. 8864 8865 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 8866 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 8867 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 8868 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 8869 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 8870 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 8871 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 8872 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 8873 member = CXXDestructor; 8874 8875 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 8876 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 8877 getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 8878 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 8879 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 8880 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 8881 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 8882 // members unavailable. 8883 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 8884 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 8885 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 8886 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 8887 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 8888 return false; 8889 } 8890 } 8891 8892 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x ? 8893 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 8894 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 8895 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 8896 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 8897 return !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x; 8898 } 8899 } 8900 } 8901 8902 return false; 8903} 8904 8905/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 8906/// special member, figure out why. 8907void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 8908 QualType QT(T, 0U); 8909 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 8910 8911 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 8912 switch (member) { 8913 case CXXInvalid: 8914 break; 8915 8916 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 8917 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 8918 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 8919 for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){ 8920 const FunctionDecl *body = 0; 8921 ci->hasBody(body); 8922 if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) { 8923 SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation(); 8924 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8925 return; 8926 } 8927 } 8928 8929 llvm_unreachable("found no user-declared constructors"); 8930 } 8931 break; 8932 8933 case CXXCopyConstructor: 8934 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 8935 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 8936 RD->getCopyConstructor(0)->getLocation(); 8937 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8938 return; 8939 } 8940 break; 8941 8942 case CXXMoveConstructor: 8943 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor()) { 8944 SourceLocation CtorLoc = RD->getMoveConstructor()->getLocation(); 8945 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8946 return; 8947 } 8948 break; 8949 8950 case CXXCopyAssignment: 8951 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 8952 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy 8953 // assignment, not the type. 8954 SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8955 Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8956 return; 8957 } 8958 break; 8959 8960 case CXXMoveAssignment: 8961 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment()) { 8962 SourceLocation AssignLoc = RD->getMoveAssignmentOperator()->getLocation(); 8963 Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8964 return; 8965 } 8966 break; 8967 8968 case CXXDestructor: 8969 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 8970 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 8971 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8972 return; 8973 } 8974 break; 8975 } 8976 8977 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 8978 8979 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 8980 // but not trivial destruction. 8981 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 8982 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 8983 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 8984 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 8985 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 8986 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8987 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 8988 return; 8989 } 8990 8991 // Check for virtual methods. 8992 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 8993 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 8994 ++mi) { 8995 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 8996 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8997 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 8998 return; 8999 } 9000 } 9001 } 9002 9003 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 9004 switch (member) { 9005 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 9006 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDefaultConstructor; break; 9007 case CXXCopyConstructor: 9008 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 9009 case CXXCopyAssignment: 9010 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 9011 case CXXDestructor: 9012 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 9013 default: 9014 llvm_unreachable("unexpected special member"); 9015 } 9016 9017 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 9018 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 9019 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 9020 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 9021 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 9022 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 9023 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 9024 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 9025 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 9026 return; 9027 } 9028 } 9029 9030 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 9031 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 9032 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 9033 ++fi) { 9034 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType()); 9035 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9036 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 9037 9038 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 9039 SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation(); 9040 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 9041 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 9042 return; 9043 } 9044 } 9045 9046 if (EltTy->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 9047 switch (EltTy.getObjCLifetime()) { 9048 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9049 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9050 break; 9051 9052 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9053 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9054 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9055 Diag((*fi)->getLocation(), diag::note_nontrivial_objc_ownership) 9056 << QT << EltTy.getObjCLifetime(); 9057 return; 9058 } 9059 } 9060 } 9061 9062 llvm_unreachable("found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 9063} 9064 9065/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 9066/// AST enum value. 9067static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 9068TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 9069 switch (ivarVisibility) { 9070 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 9071 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 9072 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 9073 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 9074 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 9075 } 9076} 9077 9078/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 9079/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 9080Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 9081 SourceLocation DeclStart, 9082 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 9083 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 9084 9085 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 9086 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 9087 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 9088 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 9089 9090 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 9091 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 9092 9093 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9094 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 9095 9096 if (BitWidth) { 9097 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 9098 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take(); 9099 if (!BitWidth) 9100 D.setInvalidType(); 9101 } else { 9102 // Not a bitfield. 9103 9104 // validate II. 9105 9106 } 9107 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 9108 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 9109 D.setInvalidType(); 9110 } 9111 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 9112 // than a variably modified type. 9113 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 9114 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 9115 D.setInvalidType(); 9116 } 9117 9118 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 9119 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 9120 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 9121 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 9122 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 9123 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 9124 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9125 return 0; 9126 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 9127 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 9128 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9129 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 9130 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 9131 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 9132 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 9133 } 9134 else 9135 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 9136 } else { 9137 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 9138 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9139 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 9140 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 9141 return 0; 9142 } 9143 } 9144 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 9145 } 9146 9147 // Construct the decl. 9148 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 9149 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 9150 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 9151 9152 if (II) { 9153 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 9154 ForRedeclaration); 9155 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 9156 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9157 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 9158 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9159 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 9160 } 9161 } 9162 9163 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 9164 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 9165 9166 if (D.isInvalidType()) 9167 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 9168 9169 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 9170 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 9171 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 9172 9173 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9174 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 9175 9176 if (II) { 9177 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 9178 // these to the interface. 9179 S->AddDecl(NewID); 9180 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 9181 } 9182 9183 return NewID; 9184} 9185 9186/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 9187/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 9188/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 9189/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 9190void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 9191 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 9192 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 9193 return; 9194 9195 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 9196 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 9197 9198 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 9199 return; 9200 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 9201 if (!ID) { 9202 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 9203 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 9204 return; 9205 } 9206 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 9207 else 9208 return; 9209 } 9210 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 9211 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 9212 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 9213 9214 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 9215 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 9216 Context.CharTy, 9217 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 9218 DeclLoc), 9219 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 9220 true); 9221 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 9222} 9223 9224void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 9225 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 9226 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 9227 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 9228 AttributeList *Attr) { 9229 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 9230 9231 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a 9232 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. 9233 if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9234 return; 9235 9236 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 9237 9238 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 9239 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 9240 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 9241 if (Record) { 9242 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(), 9243 e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) { 9244 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i)) 9245 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 9246 ++NumNamedMembers; 9247 } 9248 } 9249 9250 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 9251 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 9252 9253 bool ARCErrReported = false; 9254 for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 9255 i != end; ++i) { 9256 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 9257 9258 // Get the type for the field. 9259 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 9260 9261 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 9262 // Remember all fields written by the user. 9263 RecFields.push_back(FD); 9264 } 9265 9266 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 9267 // diagnostics about it. 9268 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9269 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9270 continue; 9271 } 9272 9273 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 9274 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 9275 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 9276 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 9277 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 9278 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 9279 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 9280 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 9281 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 9282 // array. 9283 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 9284 // Field declared as a function. 9285 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 9286 << FD->getDeclName(); 9287 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9288 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9289 continue; 9290 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 9291 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 9292 ((getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt || 9293 getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) && 9294 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 9295 // Flexible array member. 9296 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 9297 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 9298 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 9299 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt) { 9300 if (Record->isUnion()) 9301 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 9302 << FD->getDeclName(); 9303 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 9304 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 9305 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 9306 } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 9307 if (Record->isUnion()) 9308 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 9309 << FD->getDeclName(); 9310 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 9311 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 9312 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 9313 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 9314 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 9315 << FD->getDeclName(); 9316 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9317 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9318 continue; 9319 } 9320 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 9321 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 9322 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 9323 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 9324 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9325 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9326 continue; 9327 } 9328 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 9329 if (Record) 9330 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 9331 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 9332 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 9333 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 9334 // Incomplete type 9335 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9336 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9337 continue; 9338 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9339 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 9340 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 9341 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 9342 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 9343 } else { 9344 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 9345 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 9346 // structures. 9347 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 9348 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 9349 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 9350 else { 9351 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 9352 // other structs as an extension. 9353 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 9354 << FD->getDeclName(); 9355 if (Record) 9356 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 9357 } 9358 } 9359 } 9360 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 9361 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 9362 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 9363 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 9364 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 9365 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 9366 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 9367 FD->setType(T); 9368 } 9369 else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 9370 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) { 9371 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 9372 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 9373 // so we just make the field unavailable. 9374 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 9375 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 9376 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9377 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 9378 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 9379 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 9380 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 9381 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 9382 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 9383 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 9384 } 9385 } else { 9386 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct) 9387 << T->isBlockPointerType(); 9388 } 9389 ARCErrReported = true; 9390 } 9391 } 9392 else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && 9393 getLangOptions().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 9394 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 9395 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 9396 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 9397 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 9398 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 9399 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 9400 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 9401 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 9402 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 9403 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 9404 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 9405 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 9406 } 9407 } 9408 } 9409 // Keep track of the number of named members. 9410 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 9411 ++NumNamedMembers; 9412 } 9413 9414 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 9415 if (Record) { 9416 bool Completed = false; 9417 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 9418 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 9419 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 9420 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 9421 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 9422 I != E; ++I) 9423 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 9424 9425 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 9426 // Objective-C Automatic Reference Counting: 9427 // If a class has a non-static data member of Objective-C pointer 9428 // type (or array thereof), it is a non-POD type and its 9429 // default constructor (if any), copy constructor, copy assignment 9430 // operator, and destructor are non-trivial. 9431 // 9432 // This rule is also handled by CXXRecordDecl::completeDefinition(). 9433 // However, here we check whether this particular class is only 9434 // non-POD because of the presence of an Objective-C pointer member. 9435 // If so, objects of this type cannot be shared between code compiled 9436 // with instant objects and code compiled with manual retain/release. 9437 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9438 CXXRecord->hasObjectMember() && 9439 CXXRecord->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) { 9440 if (CXXRecord->isPOD()) { 9441 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 9442 diag::warn_arc_non_pod_class_with_object_member) 9443 << CXXRecord; 9444 } else { 9445 // FIXME: Fix-Its would be nice here, but finding a good location 9446 // for them is going to be tricky. 9447 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 9448 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 9449 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 9450 << CXXRecord << 0; 9451 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 9452 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 9453 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 9454 << CXXRecord << 1; 9455 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor()) 9456 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 9457 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 9458 << CXXRecord << 2; 9459 } 9460 } 9461 9462 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 9463 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 9464 CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) 9465 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 9466 9467 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 9468 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 9469 9470 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 9471 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 9472 // problem now. 9473 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 9474 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 9475 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 9476 9477 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 9478 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 9479 M != MEnd; ++M) { 9480 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 9481 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 9482 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 9483 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 9484 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 9485 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 9486 continue; 9487 9488 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 9489 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 9490 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 9491 // program is ill-formed. 9492 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 9493 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 9494 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 9495 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 9496 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 9497 OM = SO->second.begin(), 9498 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 9499 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 9500 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 9501 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 9502 9503 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9504 } 9505 } 9506 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 9507 Completed = true; 9508 } 9509 } 9510 } 9511 } 9512 9513 if (!Completed) 9514 Record->completeDefinition(); 9515 9516 // Now that the record is complete, do any delayed exception spec checks 9517 // we were missing. 9518 while (!DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.empty()) { 9519 const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = 9520 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.back().first; 9521 if (Dtor->getParent() != Record) 9522 break; 9523 9524 assert(!Dtor->getParent()->isDependentType() && 9525 "Should not ever add destructors of templates into the list."); 9526 CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(Dtor, 9527 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.back().second); 9528 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.pop_back(); 9529 } 9530 9531 } else { 9532 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 9533 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 9534 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9535 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 9536 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 9537 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 9538 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 9539 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 9540 } 9541 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 9542 // duplicates. 9543 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 9544 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 9545 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 9546 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9547 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 9548 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 9549 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 9550 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 9551 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 9552 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 9553 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 9554 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9555 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 9556 // reported as errors elsewhere. 9557 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 9558 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 9559 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 9560 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 9561 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 9562 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 9563 if (IDecl) { 9564 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 9565 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 9566 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 9567 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 9568 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9569 continue; 9570 } 9571 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClsExtDecl = 9572 IDecl->getFirstClassExtension(); 9573 ClsExtDecl; ClsExtDecl = ClsExtDecl->getNextClassExtension()) { 9574 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar = 9575 ClsExtDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 9576 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 9577 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 9578 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9579 continue; 9580 } 9581 } 9582 } 9583 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 9584 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 9585 } 9586 } 9587 } 9588 9589 if (Attr) 9590 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 9591 9592 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass, 9593 // set the visibility of this record. 9594 if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 9595 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record); 9596} 9597 9598/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 9599/// the given type T. 9600static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 9601 llvm::APSInt &Value, 9602 QualType T) { 9603 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 9604 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 9605 9606 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 9607 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 9608 --BitWidth; 9609 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 9610 } 9611 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 9612} 9613 9614// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 9615// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 9616static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 9617 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 9618 // enum checking below. 9619 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 9620 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 9621 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 9622 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 9623 }; 9624 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 9625 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 9626 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 9627 }; 9628 9629 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 9630 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 9631 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 9632 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 9633 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 9634 return Types[I]; 9635 9636 return QualType(); 9637} 9638 9639EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 9640 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 9641 SourceLocation IdLoc, 9642 IdentifierInfo *Id, 9643 Expr *Val) { 9644 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 9645 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 9646 QualType EltTy; 9647 9648 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 9649 Val = 0; 9650 9651 if (Val) 9652 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 9653 9654 if (Val) { 9655 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 9656 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 9657 else { 9658 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 9659 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && Enum->isFixed() && 9660 !getLangOptions().MicrosoftMode) { 9661 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 9662 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 9663 // constant expression of the underlying type. 9664 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 9665 ExprResult Converted = 9666 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 9667 CCEK_Enumerator); 9668 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 9669 Val = 0; 9670 else 9671 Val = Converted.take(); 9672 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 9673 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 9674 &EnumVal).take())) { 9675 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 9676 } else { 9677 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 9678 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 9679 9680 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 9681 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 9682 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 9683 // expression checking. 9684 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 9685 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftMode) { 9686 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 9687 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 9688 } else 9689 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 9690 } else 9691 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 9692 } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 9693 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 9694 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 9695 // is the type of its initializing value: 9696 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 9697 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 9698 EltTy = Val->getType(); 9699 } else { 9700 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 9701 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 9702 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 9703 // representable as an int. 9704 9705 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 9706 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 9707 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 9708 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 9709 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 9710 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 9711 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 9712 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 9713 } 9714 EltTy = Val->getType(); 9715 } 9716 } 9717 } 9718 } 9719 9720 if (!Val) { 9721 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 9722 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 9723 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 9724 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 9725 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 9726 // is the type of its initializing value: 9727 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 9728 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 9729 // 9730 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 9731 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 9732 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 9733 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 9734 } 9735 else { 9736 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 9737 } 9738 } else { 9739 // Assign the last value + 1. 9740 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 9741 ++EnumVal; 9742 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 9743 9744 // Check for overflow on increment. 9745 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 9746 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 9747 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 9748 // is the type of its initializing value: 9749 // 9750 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 9751 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 9752 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 9753 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 9754 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 9755 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 9756 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 9757 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 9758 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 9759 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 9760 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 9761 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 9762 ++EnumVal; 9763 if (Enum->isFixed()) 9764 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 9765 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 9766 << EnumVal.toString(10) 9767 << EltTy; 9768 else 9769 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 9770 << EnumVal.toString(10); 9771 } else { 9772 EltTy = T; 9773 } 9774 9775 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 9776 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 9777 // value, then increment. 9778 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 9779 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 9780 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 9781 ++EnumVal; 9782 9783 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 9784 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 9785 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 9786 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 9787 // integral type. 9788 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 9789 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 9790 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 9791 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 9792 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 9793 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 9794 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 9795 } 9796 } 9797 } 9798 9799 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 9800 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 9801 // enumerator's type. 9802 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 9803 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 9804 } 9805 9806 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 9807 Val, EnumVal); 9808} 9809 9810 9811Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 9812 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 9813 AttributeList *Attr, 9814 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 9815 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 9816 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 9817 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 9818 9819 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 9820 // we find one that is. 9821 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 9822 9823 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 9824 // scope. 9825 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 9826 ForRedeclaration); 9827 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9828 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9829 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 9830 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9831 PrevDecl = 0; 9832 } 9833 9834 if (PrevDecl) { 9835 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 9836 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 9837 assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 9838 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 9839 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 9840 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 9841 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 9842 else 9843 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 9844 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9845 return 0; 9846 } 9847 } 9848 9849 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 9850 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 9851 // name different from T: 9852 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated 9853 // type 9854 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 9855 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 9856 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 9857 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 9858 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 9859 9860 EnumConstantDecl *New = 9861 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 9862 9863 if (New) { 9864 // Process attributes. 9865 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 9866 9867 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 9868 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 9869 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 9870 } 9871 9872 return New; 9873} 9874 9875void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 9876 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 9877 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 9878 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 9879 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 9880 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 9881 9882 if (Attr) 9883 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 9884 9885 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 9886 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 9887 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 9888 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 9889 if (!ECD) continue; 9890 9891 ECD->setType(EnumType); 9892 } 9893 9894 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 9895 return; 9896 } 9897 9898 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 9899 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 9900 // emit a warning. 9901 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 9902 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 9903 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 9904 9905 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 9906 // reverse the list. 9907 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 9908 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 9909 9910 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 9911 bool AllElementsInt = true; 9912 9913 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 9914 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 9915 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 9916 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 9917 9918 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 9919 9920 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 9921 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 9922 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 9923 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 9924 else 9925 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 9926 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 9927 9928 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 9929 if (AllElementsInt) 9930 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 9931 } 9932 9933 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 9934 QualType BestType; 9935 unsigned BestWidth; 9936 9937 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 9938 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 9939 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 9940 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 9941 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 9942 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 9943 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 9944 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 9945 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 9946 QualType BestPromotionType; 9947 9948 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 9949 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 9950 // enum definitions. 9951 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 9952 Packed = true; 9953 9954 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 9955 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 9956 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 9957 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 9958 else 9959 BestPromotionType = BestType; 9960 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 9961 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 9962 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 9963 BestWidth = CharWidth; 9964 } 9965 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 9966 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 9967 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 9968 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 9969 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 9970 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 9971 BestWidth = CharWidth; 9972 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 9973 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 9974 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 9975 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 9976 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 9977 BestType = Context.IntTy; 9978 BestWidth = IntWidth; 9979 } else { 9980 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 9981 9982 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 9983 BestType = Context.LongTy; 9984 } else { 9985 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 9986 9987 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 9988 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 9989 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 9990 } 9991 } 9992 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 9993 } else { 9994 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 9995 // all of the enumerator values. 9996 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 9997 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 9998 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 9999 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 10000 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10001 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 10002 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 10003 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 10004 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 10005 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 10006 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 10007 BestWidth = IntWidth; 10008 BestPromotionType 10009 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 10010 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 10011 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 10012 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 10013 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 10014 BestPromotionType 10015 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 10016 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 10017 } else { 10018 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 10019 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 10020 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 10021 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 10022 BestPromotionType 10023 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 10024 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 10025 } 10026 } 10027 10028 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 10029 // the type of the enum if needed. 10030 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10031 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10032 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 10033 10034 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 10035 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 10036 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 10037 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 10038 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 10039 10040 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 10041 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 10042 10043 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 10044 // the enum decl type. 10045 QualType NewTy; 10046 unsigned NewWidth; 10047 bool NewSign; 10048 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 10049 !Enum->isFixed() && 10050 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 10051 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 10052 NewWidth = IntWidth; 10053 NewSign = true; 10054 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 10055 // Already the right type! 10056 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 10057 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 10058 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 10059 // enumeration. 10060 ECD->setType(EnumType); 10061 continue; 10062 } else { 10063 NewTy = BestType; 10064 NewWidth = BestWidth; 10065 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 10066 } 10067 10068 // Adjust the APSInt value. 10069 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 10070 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 10071 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 10072 10073 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 10074 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 10075 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 10076 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 10077 CK_IntegralCast, 10078 ECD->getInitExpr(), 10079 /*base paths*/ 0, 10080 VK_RValue)); 10081 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 10082 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 10083 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 10084 // enumeration. 10085 ECD->setType(EnumType); 10086 else 10087 ECD->setType(NewTy); 10088 } 10089 10090 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 10091 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 10092} 10093 10094Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 10095 SourceLocation StartLoc, 10096 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 10097 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 10098 10099 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 10100 AsmString, StartLoc, 10101 EndLoc); 10102 CurContext->addDecl(New); 10103 return New; 10104} 10105 10106DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 10107 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 10108 ModuleIdPath Path) { 10109 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 10110 Module::AllVisible, 10111 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 10112 if (!Mod) 10113 return true; 10114 10115 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 10116 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 10117 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 10118 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 10119 // We need the length to be consistent. 10120 if (!ModCheck) 10121 break; 10122 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 10123 10124 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 10125 } 10126 10127 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 10128 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 10129 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 10130 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 10131 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 10132 return Import; 10133} 10134 10135void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 10136 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 10137 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 10138 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 10139 10140 if (PrevDecl) { 10141 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 10142 } else { 10143 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 10144 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 10145 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 10146 } 10147} 10148 10149void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 10150 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 10151 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 10152 SourceLocation NameLoc, 10153 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 10154 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 10155 LookupOrdinaryName); 10156 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 10157 10158 if (PrevDecl) { 10159 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 10160 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 10161 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 10162 } else { 10163 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 10164 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 10165 } 10166} 10167 10168Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 10169 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 10170} 10171 10172AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 10173 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurLexicalContext()); 10174 // A category implicitly has the availability of the interface. 10175 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)) 10176 D = CatD->getClassInterface(); 10177 10178 return D->getAvailability(); 10179} 10180